Eurostat

Eurostat is the statistical office of the European Union situated in Luxembourg. Its task is to provide the European Union with statistics at European level that enable comparisons between countries and regions and to promote the harmonisation of statistical methods across EU member states and candidates for accession as well as EFTA countries.

Alle Datensätze: 3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y
  • 3
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data are three-month interbank rates which are no longer updated. The series represent interest rates of countries which have now joined the euro area.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data are three-month interbank rates which are no longer updated. The series represent interest rates of countries which have now joined the euro area.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The 3-months interest rate is a representative short-term interest rate series for the domestic money market. From January 1999, the euro area rate is the 3-month "EURo InterBank Offered Rate" (EURIBOR) EURIBOR is the benchmark rate of the large euro money market that has emerged since 1999. It is the rate at which euro InterBank term deposits are offered by one prime bank to another prime bank. The contributors to EURIBOR are the banks with the highest volume of business in the euro area money markets. The panel of banks consists of banks from EU countries participating in the euro from the outset, banks from EU countries not participating in the euro from the outset, and large international banks from non-EU countries but with important euro area operations. Monthly data are calculated as averages of daily values. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
  • A
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 18.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Number of grants of citizenship of the reporting country to persons usually resident in the reporting country who have previously been citizens of another country or who have been stateless.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collection on statistics on acquisitions of citizenship is structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, acquisition and loss of citizenship, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements". The demographic data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes. For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on acquisition and loss of citizenship are collected:Acquisitions of  citizenship by age, sex and former citizenshipLoss of citizenship by sex and new citizenship   Naturalisation rates: based on the different breakdowns of data on acquisition of citizenship and migrant population received, Eurostat produces the following:Statistics available in migr_acqs:                  a.   share of foreign citizens who have acquired citizenship                  b.   share of EU citizens who have acquired citizenship                  c.   share of  non-EU citizens who have acquired citizenship
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      According to the definitions of the International Labour Organisation (ILO) for the purposes of the labour market statistics people are classified as employed, unemployed and economically inactive. The economically active population is the sum of employed and unemployed persons. Inactive persons are those who, during the reference week, were neither employed nor unemployed. The data source from the quarterly EU Labour Force Survey (EU LFS).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • Mai 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Juni, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the ratio of the median individual gross pensions of 65-74 age category relative to median individual gross earnings of 50-59 age category, excluding other social benefits. For 2004-2005 data, aggregate income replacement ratio is based on net income components for ES, EL, IT, LV, PT. EU aggregate figures are calculated as population-weighted averages of national values.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Ratio of the median individual gross pensions of 65-74 age category relative to median individual gross earnings of 50-59 age category, excluding other social benefits.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the ratio of the median individual gross pensions of 65-74 age category relative to median individual gross earnings of 50-59 age category, excluding other social benefits. The indicator is based on the EU-SILC (statistics on income, social inclusion and living conditions).
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The farm holder is the natural person, on whose account and in whose name the holding is operated and who is legally and economically responsible for the holding. If the holder is a group holding, the data relates to the person considered holder.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The farm manager is the natural person responsible for the normal daily financial and production routines of running the holding.
    • Februar 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Februar, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Agricultural holding: a single unit both technically and economically, which has single management and which produces agricultural products. The total area of the holding consists of the agricultural area utilized by the holding (arable land, kitchen gardens, permanent grassland and permanent crops) and other land.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The total area of the holding consists of the agricultural area utilized by the holding (arable land, kitchen gardens, permanent grassland and permanent crops) and other land (unutilised agricultural land, wooded land and other land).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monetary economic size of the farm is expressed in Standard Output (SO). The SO is the average monetary value of the agricultural output at farm-gate price, in euro per hectare or per head of livestock.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.   Reg. CE 138/2004 Gentlemen's agreement Web Form in eDamis Excel SDTT file in CIRCA Transmission date via eDamis Edamis DATASET to use   EAA Second Estimates 2015   X - - X 31 January 2016 COSAEA_AGR2_A EAA Constant N-1 prices Final - 2014   X - - X 30 September 2015   COSAEA_AGR3CON_A EAA at current prices Final - 2014   X - - X COSAEA_AGR3CUR_A   UV (unit Values) 2014   - X X - COSAEA_UV_A   EAA Regional data 2013   - X - X COSAEA_REGION_A   ALI (Labour Input) final 2014   X - X - COSAEA_ALI3_A   ALI (Labour Input)1st estimates 2015   X - X - 30 November 2015 COSAEA_ALI3_A   ALI (Labour Input) 2nd estimates 2015   X - X - 31 January 2016 COSAEA_ALI3_A   EAA First Estimates 2015   X - - X 30 November 2015 COSAEA_AGR1_A
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This metadata refers to three datasets based on the data collection on air emissions accounts (AEA): 1.Air emissions accounts by NACE Rev. 2 activity [env_ac_ainah_r2] This data set reports the emissions of greenhouse gases and air pollutants broken down by 64 industries (classified by NACE Rev. 2) plus households. Concepts and principles are the same as in national accounts. Complete data starts from reference year 2008. 2. Air emissions intensities by NACE Rev. 2 activity [env_ac_aeint_r2] This data set presents intensity-ratios relating AEA emissions (see previous) to economic parameters (value added, production output) for 64 industries (classified by NACE Rev. 2). 3. Air emissions accounts totals bridging to emission inventory totals [env_ac_aibrid_r2] This data set includes so-called bridging items showing the differences between the national totals as derived from two internationally established approaches/methods for reporting emissions of greenhouse gases and air pollutants: a) Air emissions accounts (AEA), i.e. the dataset mentioned above under 1. The AEA national totals refer to the residents of the reporting country (so-called residence principle as established in national accounts). b) National emission inventories, i.e. greenhouse gas inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)) and air pollutant inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (CLRTAP) and the EU National Emission Ceilings Directive (NEC). The national totals refer widely to the territory of the reporting country. The European Environment Agency (EEA) collects national inventories for greenhouse gases and other air pollutants and compiles the EU aggregates. Eurostat republishes the most relevant data from these inventories in [env_air_emis] and [env_air_gge]. The two methodologies are based on slightly different concepts and principles and the totals at national and EU level correspondingly differ. The bridging items explicitly present these differences.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This metadata refers to three datasets based on the data collection on air emissions accounts (AEA): 1.Air emissions accounts by NACE Rev. 2 activity [env_ac_ainah_r2] This data set reports the emissions of greenhouse gases and air pollutants broken down by 64 industries (classified by NACE Rev. 2) plus households. Concepts and principles are the same as in national accounts. Complete data starts from reference year 2008. 2. Air emissions intensities by NACE Rev. 2 activity [env_ac_aeint_r2] This data set presents intensity-ratios relating AEA emissions (see previous) to economic parameters (value added, production output) for 64 industries (classified by NACE Rev. 2). 3. Air emissions accounts totals bridging to emission inventory totals [env_ac_aibrid_r2] This data set includes so-called bridging items showing the differences between the national totals as derived from two internationally established approaches/methods for reporting emissions of greenhouse gases and air pollutants: a) Air emissions accounts (AEA), i.e. the dataset mentioned above under 1. The AEA national totals refer to the residents of the reporting country (so-called residence principle as established in national accounts). b) National emission inventories, i.e. greenhouse gas inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)) and air pollutant inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (CLRTAP) and the EU National Emission Ceilings Directive (NEC). The national totals refer widely to the territory of the reporting country. The European Environment Agency (EEA) collects national inventories for greenhouse gases and other air pollutants and compiles the EU aggregates. Eurostat republishes the most relevant data from these inventories in [env_air_emis] and [env_air_gge]. The two methodologies are based on slightly different concepts and principles and the totals at national and EU level correspondingly differ. The bridging items explicitly present these differences.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by EU Member States, EFTA countries and some other reporting cuntries. Data are compiled following the provisions of the Regulation (EC) N°1358/2003, implementing Regulation N°437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air.  The air transport data are collected at airport level. As from 2003 reference year the data are provided according to the legal act (some countries were given derogation until 2005). Until 2002 partial information (passenger transport only) are available for some countries and airports. Airports handling less than 15 000 passenger units annually are excluded from the scope of the Regulation. Datasets A1 and B1 are provided on monthly basis, while dataset C1 can be provided either on monthly or annual basis. For some countries optional variable - total number of transfer passengers - is provided as well. The data are disseminated by Eurostat in on-line database in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are  broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total transfer passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircrafts movements. the data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file. For more details on datasets, data validation and issemination refer also to  Reference Manual on Air Transport Statistics available in the Annex part of the metadata.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by EU Member States, EFTA countries and some other reporting cuntries. Data are compiled following the provisions of the Regulation (EC) N°1358/2003, implementing Regulation N°437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air.  The air transport data are collected at airport level. As from 2003 reference year the data are provided according to the legal act (some countries were given derogation until 2005). Until 2002 partial information (passenger transport only) are available for some countries and airports. Airports handling less than 15 000 passenger units annually are excluded from the scope of the Regulation. Datasets A1 and B1 are provided on monthly basis, while dataset C1 can be provided either on monthly or annual basis. For some countries optional variable - total number of transfer passengers - is provided as well. The data are disseminated by Eurostat in on-line database in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are  broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total transfer passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircrafts movements. the data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file. For more details on datasets, data validation and issemination refer also to  Reference Manual on Air Transport Statistics available in the Annex part of the metadata.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union (EU) as a party to the Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (LRTAP Convention) reports annually its air pollution inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. Under the Convention, parties are obliged to report emissions data for numerous air pollutants. This dataset includes data on air pollutants: sulphur oxides (SOx), ammonia (NH3), nitrogen oxides (NOx), non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOCs), particulate matters (PM10, PM2.5), Lead (Pb), Cadmium (Cd), Mercury (Hg), Arsenic (As), Chromium (Cr) Copper (Cu), Nickel (Ni), Selenium (Se) and Zinc (Zn), as reported to the European Environment Agency (EEA). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national air pollution inventories compiled by the EU Member States. Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them. The producer of the data is the European Environment Agency.    Remarks: (1) Data for EL, PL, MT, RO and EU contain incosistencies (sum of components does not equal to total).   
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1358/2003. They are aggregated at regional level (NUTS 1 and NUTS 2) and also at national level (NUTS0), excluding double counting within each region.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator shows the volume of goods transported in Europe (in tonnes), broken down by country and by year. The data covers the total volume of freight and mail loaded/unloaded.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator shows the total number of passengers carried in Europe (arrivals plus departures), broken down by country and by year. Passengers carried: - are all passengers on a particular flight (with one flight number) counted once only and not repeatedly on each individual stage of that flight. - are all revenue and non-revenue passengers whose journey begins or terminates at the reporting airport and transfer passengers joining or leaving the flight at the reporting airport. - excludes direct transit passengers.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1358/2003. They are aggregated at regional level (NUTS 1 and NUTS 2) and also at national level (NUTS0), excluding double counting within each region.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • August 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 September, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as by Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are  broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total transfer passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircrafts movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Causes of Death data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury"."
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below.   Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Livestock numbers are derived from surveys of farms or from administrative sources in November or December for each Member State.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_d3avg The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail: Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail: Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely: average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.Â
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Januar 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Oktober 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • August 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Januar 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Februar 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Februar 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Apparent labour productivity is defined as value added at factor costs divided by the number of persons employed. This ratio is generally presented in thousands of euros per person employed.
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total Surface Area (TSA)  – Total Surface Area is defined as the area of any given statistical area and includes land area and inland waters (lakes, rivers etc.). The sub-national areas (e.g. LAU and NUTS areas) defined by statistical and/or administrative boundaries are the building blocks for calculating both concepts. By definition Total Surface Area does not cover areas that are not statistical areas. Total Land Area (TLA) is defined as TSA excluding lakes, rivers, transitional and coastal waters. Mountainous regions, glaciers, forests, wetlands and other tempoarily or permanently uninhabitable regions are included in TLA. Both TSA and TLA are provided per Member State and for all statistical units from NUTS level 1 to NUTS level 3. TSA and TLA are the denominator in area based indicators, such as population density. Both datasets have the same reference date as the current valid NUTS classification (2013). A more generalised version (scale 1: 1 000 000) of the NUTS areas than used for the calculation of TSA and TLA can be downloaded from the Eurostat website http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/gisco/geodata/reference-data/administrative-units-statistical-units/nuts
    • August 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 August, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the share of total utilised agricultural area (UAA) occupied by organic farming (existing organically-farmed areas and areas in process of conversion). Organic farming is a method of production, which puts the highest emphasis on environmental protection and, with regard to livestock production, animal welfare considerations. It avoids or largely reduces the use of synthetic chemical inputs such as fertilisers, pesticides, additives and medical products. Farming is only considered to be organic at the EU level if it complies with Council Regulation (EC) No 834/2007, which has set up a comprehensive framework for the organic production of crops and livestock and for the labelling, processing and marketing of organic products, while also governing imports of organic products into the EU. The detailed rules for the implementation of this Regulation are laid down in Commission Regulation (EC) No 889/2008. The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. The indicator is also a Resource Efficiency Indicator, as it has been chosen as a dashboard indicator presented in the Resource Efficiency Scoreboard for the assessment of progress towards the objectives and targets of the Europe 2020 flagship iniciative on Resoure Efficiency. tsdpc440´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Agriculture, forestry and fisheries > Food: From farm to fork statistics > Inputs to the food chain > Area under organic farming (tsdpc440) tsdpc440´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Production patterns > Area under organic farming (tsdpc440) tsdpc440´s table within the Europe 2020 set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Europe 2020 Indicators > Resource efficiency > Natural capital and ecosystem services > Biodiversity > Area under organic farming (tsdpc440)
    • Juni 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs5 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs4_fr The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs4_el The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs4_it The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:agr_r_crops
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2arr The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      An arrival is defined as a person (tourist) who arrives at a tourist accommodation establishment and checks in. The arrivals of same-day visitors spending only a few hours during the day (no overnight stay, the date of arrival and departure are the same) at the establishment are excluded.
    • November 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      m2This indicator measures the artifical land cover per capita in the EU. Artifical land cover is defined as the total of roofed built-up areas (including buildings and greenhouses), artificial non built-up areas (including sealed area features, such as yards, farmyards, cemeteries, car parking areas etc. and linear features, such as streets, roads, railways, runways, bridges) and other artificial areas (including bridges and viaducts, mobile homes, solar panels, power plants, electrical substations, pipelines, water sewage plants, and open dump sites).
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Juni, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets are composed by baseline population projections and the following sensitivity tests: •           Lower fertility; •           Lower mortality; •           Higher migration; •           Lower migration; •           No migration. For each of them, data is available as follows: •           Projected population on 1 January by age and sex, and by single year time interval; •           Assumptions on future age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration levels (including statistical adjustment); •           Corresponding approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex. Moreover, for the baseline projections, the following demographic balances and indicators are available: •           Total numbers of the projected live births and deaths; •           Projected population structure indicators: proportions of broad age groups in total population, age dependency ratios and median age of the population. The time horizon covered is: •           From 2015 to 2081 for the projected population; and •           From 2015 to 2080 for the assumptions dataset.
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Juni, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets are composed by baseline population projections and the following sensitivity tests: •           Lower fertility; •           Lower mortality; •           Higher migration; •           Lower migration; •           No migration. For each of them, data is available as follows: •           Projected population on 1 January by age and sex, and by single year time interval; •           Assumptions on future age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration levels (including statistical adjustment); •           Corresponding approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex. Moreover, for the baseline projections, the following demographic balances and indicators are available: •           Total numbers of the projected live births and deaths; •           Projected population structure indicators: proportions of broad age groups in total population, age dependency ratios and median age of the population. The time horizon covered is: •           From 2015 to 2081 for the projected population; and •           From 2015 to 2080 for the assumptions dataset.
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Juni, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets are composed by baseline population projections and the following sensitivity tests: •           Lower fertility; •           Lower mortality; •           Higher migration; •           Lower migration; •           No migration. For each of them, data is available as follows: •           Projected population on 1 January by age and sex, and by single year time interval; •           Assumptions on future age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration levels (including statistical adjustment); •           Corresponding approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex. Moreover, for the baseline projections, the following demographic balances and indicators are available: •           Total numbers of the projected live births and deaths; •           Projected population structure indicators: proportions of broad age groups in total population, age dependency ratios and median age of the population. The time horizon covered is: •           From 2015 to 2081 for the projected population; and •           From 2015 to 2080 for the assumptions dataset.
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Juni, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets are composed by baseline population projections and the following sensitivity tests: •           Lower fertility; •           Lower mortality; •           Higher migration; •           Lower migration; •           No migration. For each of them, data is available as follows: •           Projected population on 1 January by age and sex, and by single year time interval; •           Assumptions on future age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration levels (including statistical adjustment); •           Corresponding approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex. Moreover, for the baseline projections, the following demographic balances and indicators are available: •           Total numbers of the projected live births and deaths; •           Projected population structure indicators: proportions of broad age groups in total population, age dependency ratios and median age of the population. The time horizon covered is: •           From 2015 to 2081 for the projected population; and •           From 2015 to 2080 for the assumptions dataset.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator shows the number of first-time asylum applicants per million inhabitants and the number of positive first instance decisions per million inhabitants. Please note that caution is required when comparing these two values, since applications received in a given year might not be processed until a later year. Source data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. A first-time applicant for international protection is a person who lodged an application for asylum for the first time in a given Member State. First instance decisions are decisions granted by the respective authority acting as a first instance of the administrative/judicial asylum procedure in the receiving country.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of people aged 25 to 64 who have successfully completed at most lower secondary education. This educational attainment refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 0-2 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 0-3C short for data up to 2013.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The threshold is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). It is expressed in Purchase Parity Standards (PPS) in order to take into account differences in cost of living across EU Member States.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      People at risk of poverty after social transfers by highest level of education attained.  Persons are at risk of poverty if their equivalised disposable income is below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median after social transfers.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2at The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • November 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data are compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012). The information on tourism demand concerns trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page). Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for personal purpose during the reference year. Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • November 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data are compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012). The information on tourism demand concerns trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page). Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for personal purpose during the reference year. Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Juni 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
  • B
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: Balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,Net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment,International investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Juni 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_euins_a Balance of Payments data for the European Institutions (BoP EUI) are a complete data-set of Balance of Payments data where the European Institutions are the reporter and the partners are all the Member States and all the other countries in the world. In more concrete terms, BoP of the EU Institutions (EUI) provides information on money received (credits) and money spent (debits) by the EU Institutions. In the compilation of BoP EUI, Eurostat follows the methodology defined in the fifth IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) and the prescriptions provided by the European System of Accounts (ESA95).  The balance of payments (BoP) is a statistical statement that systematically summarizes, over a given period of time, all the transactions of an economy (the EU institutions) with the rest of the world (each of the EU Member States and each of the countries with whom the EU institutions have economic transactions). The balance of payments provides information on the total value of credits (flow 2, exports/money received) and debits (flow 3, imports/money spent) for each BoP item and on the net result or "balance" (flow 4, credits minus debits) of the transactions with each partner. Credits and debits are expressed in Euro. The BoP EUI is complemented by the statistics related to the International Investment Position (IIP) of the EUI that provides information on the stocks (flow 8) of assets and liabilities at the end of each year. The position (or stocks) at the end of each specific period reflects financial transactions (flow 2, 3 and 4), valuation changes and other adjustments (flows 5, 6 and 7) that occurred during the period and affected the level of assets or liabilities. The Balance of Payments accounts are constructed on a double-entry accounting system. When the EU Institutions buy a service (e.g. rent a building) from a Member State, they will pay via a credit transfer from a bank account. BoP EUI will record this transaction twice, once as a service import/Debit in the Current Account, once as a decrease (Flow 2/credits) in Assets, Currency and Deposits, Financial Account.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • April 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_euins_m Balance of Payments data for the European Institutions (BoP EUI) are a complete data-set of Balance of Payments data where the European Institutions are the reporter and the partners are all the Member States and all the other countries in the world. In more concrete terms, BoP of the EU Institutions (EUI) provides information on money received (credits) and money spent (debits) by the EU Institutions. In the compilation of BoP EUI, Eurostat follows the methodology defined in the fifth IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) and the prescriptions provided by the European System of Accounts (ESA95).  The balance of payments (BoP) is a statistical statement that systematically summarizes, over a given period of time, all the transactions of an economy (the EU institutions) with the rest of the world (each of the EU Member States and each of the countries with whom the EU institutions have economic transactions). The balance of payments provides information on the total value of credits (flow 2, exports/money received) and debits (flow 3, imports/money spent) for each BoP item and on the net result or "balance" (flow 4, credits minus debits) of the transactions with each partner. Credits and debits are expressed in Euro. The BoP EUI is complemented by the statistics related to the International Investment Position (IIP) of the EUI that provides information on the stocks (flow 8) of assets and liabilities at the end of each year. The position (or stocks) at the end of each specific period reflects financial transactions (flow 2, 3 and 4), valuation changes and other adjustments (flows 5, 6 and 7) that occurred during the period and affected the level of assets or liabilities. The Balance of Payments accounts are constructed on a double-entry accounting system. When the EU Institutions buy a service (e.g. rent a building) from a Member State, they will pay via a credit transfer from a bank account. BoP EUI will record this transaction twice, once as a service import/Debit in the Current Account, once as a decrease (Flow 2/credits) in Assets, Currency and Deposits, Financial Account.  
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_euins_q Balance of Payments data for the European Institutions (BoP EUI) are a complete data-set of Balance of Payments data where the European Institutions are the reporter and the partners are all the Member States and all the other countries in the world. In more concrete terms, BoP of the EU Institutions (EUI) provides information on money received (credits) and money spent (debits) by the EU Institutions. In the compilation of BoP EUI, Eurostat follows the methodology defined in the fifth IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) and the prescriptions provided by the European System of Accounts (ESA95).  The balance of payments (BoP) is a statistical statement that systematically summarizes, over a given period of time, all the transactions of an economy (the EU institutions) with the rest of the world (each of the EU Member States and each of the countries with whom the EU institutions have economic transactions). The balance of payments provides information on the total value of credits (flow 2, exports/money received) and debits (flow 3, imports/money spent) for each BoP item and on the net result or "balance" (flow 4, credits minus debits) of the transactions with each partner. Credits and debits are expressed in Euro. The BoP EUI is complemented by the statistics related to the International Investment Position (IIP) of the EUI that provides information on the stocks (flow 8) of assets and liabilities at the end of each year. The position (or stocks) at the end of each specific period reflects financial transactions (flow 2, 3 and 4), valuation changes and other adjustments (flows 5, 6 and 7) that occurred during the period and affected the level of assets or liabilities. The Balance of Payments accounts are constructed on a double-entry accounting system. When the EU Institutions buy a service (e.g. rent a building) from a Member State, they will pay via a credit transfer from a bank account. BoP EUI will record this transaction twice, once as a service import/Debit in the Current Account, once as a decrease (Flow 2/credits) in Assets, Currency and Deposits, Financial Account.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The capital account in the international accounts shows a) capital transfers receivable and payable between residents and nonresidents and b) the acquisition and disposal of nonproduced, nonfinancial assets between residents and nonresidents (BPM6- 13.1). The capital transfers are transfers in which the ownership of an asset (other than cash or inventories) changes from one party to another. The sum of the balances on the current and capital accounts represents the net lending (surplus) or net borrowing (deficit) by the economy with the rest of the world (BPM6 – 2.18). Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The current account is an important grouping of accounts within the Balance of Payments. The current account balance shows the difference between the sum of exports and income receivable and the sum of imports and income payable (exports and imports refer to both goods and services, while income refers to both primary and secondary income). The value of current account balance equals the saving-investment gap for the economy. The balance of current account is thus related to understanding domestic transactions (BPM6 – 2.15). Data are expressed in million euros. Data are presented in raw form. Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The current account is an important grouping of accounts within the Balance of Payments. The current account balance shows the difference between the sum of exports and income receivable and the sum of imports and income payable (exports and imports refer to both goods and services, while income refers to both primary and secondary income). The value of current account balance equals the saving-investment gap for the economy. The balance of current account is thus related to understanding domestic transactions (BPM6 – 2.15). Data are expressed in million euros. Data are presented in raw form. Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The current account is an important grouping of accounts within the Balance of Payments. The current account balance shows the difference between the sum of exports and income receivable and the sum of imports and income payable (exports and imports refer to both goods and services, while income refers to both primary and secondary income). The value of current account balance equals the saving-investment gap for the economy. The balance of current account is thus related to understanding domestic transactions (BPM6 – 2.15). Data are expressed in million euros. Data are presented in raw form. Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The capital account in the international accounts shows a) capital transfers receivable and payable between residents and nonresidents and b) the acquisition and disposal of nonproduced, nonfinancial assets between residents and nonresidents (BPM6- 13.1). The capital transfers are transfers in which the ownership of an asset (other than cash or inventories) changes from one party to another. The sum of the balances on the current and capital accounts represents the net lending (surplus) or net borrowing (deficit) by the economy with the rest of the world (BPM6 – 2.18). Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The financial account shows net acquisition and disposal of financial assets and liabilities The financial account indicates the functional categories, sectors, instruments, and maturities used for net international financing transactions. (BPM6 – 8.1). Five functional categories of investment are distinguished in the international accounts: a) direct investment, b) portfolio investment, c) financial derivatives and employee stock options, d) other investment and e) reserve assets. (BPM6 – 6.1). Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12) The financial account shows net acquisition and disposal of financial assets and liabilities The financial account indicates the functional categories, sectors, instruments, and maturities used for net international financing transactions. (BPM6 – 8.1). Five functional categories of investment are distinguished in the international accounts: a) direct investment, b) portfolio investment, c) financial derivatives and employee stock options, d) other investment and e) reserve assets. (BPM6 – 6.1). Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The International trade balance indicator is the difference between exports and imports of goods. Exports of goods record flows from an EA/EU Member State to a non-EA/EU country while imports record inwards flows. Exports are expressed in value terms and measured free on board (FOB), while imports are expressed in value terms and measured "cost, insurance, freight" (CIF ). "Goods" means all movable property including electric current. Data are expressed in million euros. Data are presented in the calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • Januar 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the area, production and humidity of barley: winter barley sown before or during winter and spring barley sown in the spring. Cereal grains harvested just before maturity are also included in this table. Cereals harvested green or yellow as whole plant for fodder or renewable energy use are not included in this table. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even though harvesting may finish in year N+1 (N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat). 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production figures between the Members States the figures have been converted from national humidity degrees into the standard EU humidity (14%).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2be The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Juli, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of the building permit index is to show the future development of construction activity in terms of per square meter of useful floor. The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from raw data.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2bg The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Business demography produces information such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates, and their employment shares. These main derived indicators are expressed as ratios of total active enterprises or enterprises born in the reference period. Presented data refer to the business economy, covering sections B to N (excluding activities of holding companies – K64.2) according to NACE Rev. 2.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Februar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Februar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
  • C
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), and Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Capital account covers all transactions that involve the receipt or payment of the capital account. It covers the Acquisitions/disposals of non-produced non-financial assets and capital transfers. The capital account together with the current and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). It is either expressed as % of GDP or million of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a balance. The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments (BoP) data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Capital account covers all transactions that involve the receipt or payment of the capital account. It covers the Acquisitions/disposals of non-produced non-financial assets and capital transfers. The data are either expressed as % of GDP or million of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a balance. The capital account together with the current and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments (BoP) data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • November 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 September, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, Serbia and Turkey. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, Serbia and Turkey. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • April 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 April, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the area, production and humidity of cereals for the production of grain: wheat (common wheat and spelt and durum wheat), rye, maslin, barley, oats, mixed grain other than maslin, grain maize, sorghum, triticale, and other cereal crops such as buckwheat, millet, canary seed and rice. Cereal grains harvested just before maturity are also included in this table. Cereals harvested green or yellow as whole plant for fodder or renewable energy use are not included in this table. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even though harvesting may finish in year N+1 (N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat). 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production figures between the Members States the figures have been converted from national humidity degrees into the standard EU humidity (14%).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juni 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' 
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Januar 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data covers cow's milk collected in farms by approved dairies. A distinction should be made between "milk collected by dairies" and "milk production on the farm". Milk collection is only a part of the total use of milk production on the farm. The other part of the use of milk produced on the farm generally includes domestic consumption, direct sale and cattle feed.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is an aggregated index integrating the population abundance and the diversity of a selection of common bird species. Rare species are excluded. Three groups of bird species are presented in this indicator: farmland specialists (39 species), forest specialists (33 species) and all common bird species (farmland species, forest species and a further 91 species). The indicator is produced by the European Bird Census Council (EBCC) and its Pan-European Common Bird Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS) programme.   Farmland birds use and have a high dependence on cultivated land during the nesting season, and for feeding during most of the year. The same species are monitored in all the Member States. Data is represented relative to the year 1990 which is equated to 100, in order to get a balance between availability of data from Member States (increases with time), and a historical perspective to counterbalance annual fluctuations present in the data. It is considered more meaningful to judge the indicator relative to a baseline year than to the previous adjacent year because of these fluctuations.   Although this indicator has a narrow focus compared to the EU policy objectives on biodiversity and ecosystem services, it is considered to be the best available dataset and also to be indicative of general environmental status. Data are for the EU, an aggregate that changes according to countries joining the Pan-European Common Birds Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS). This aggregate has nothing to do with the same countries' accession to the EU. Norway and Switzerland are not included in the EU estimates.   For more information on the use of bird population data as a general indicator of environmental status, see: Wild bird indicators: using composite population trends of birds as measures of environmental health.  The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicators (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the EU progress towards the targets of the Sustainable Development Strategy. It is also a Resource Efficiency Indicator, as it has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the Europe 2020 flagship initiative on Resource Efficiency and is presented in the EU Resource Efficiency Scoreboard.   tsdnr100's table in 'Tables by theme': Eurobase>Tables by themes>Environment and energy> Environment> Biodiversity > Common bird index (tsdnr100) tsdnr100's table within the SDI set: Eurobase>Tables on EU policy> Sustainable Development Indicators > Natural resources > Common bird index (tsdnr100) tsdnr100´s table within the Europe 2020 set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Europe 2020 Indicators > Resource efficiency > Natural capital and ecosystem services > Biodiversity > Common bird index (tsdnr100)
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on biodiversity are published under agreement with the data providers - partners that are also responsible for the data quality. Eurostat does not receive any of these data from the Member States. In principle, these data are updated on a yearly basis, but there is no annual deadline for the updates, because they depend entirely on the  data providers' ability to deliver. Eurostat's role is to check data quality, give feedback to the data providers and publish the data it deems to be reliable. Eurostat should therefore NOT be quoted as the source. The topics covered and data providers are: Protected areas: The European Commission Directorate-General for the Environment is the source; the European Environment Agency and its European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity also work with the data Birds: The European Bird Census Council (EBCC) and its Pan-European Common Bird Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS) programme. The source to be quoted is EBCC/RSPB/BirdLife/Statistics Netherlands
    • August 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on biodiversity are published under agreement with the data providers - partners that are also responsible for the data quality. Eurostat does not receive any of these data from the Member States. In principle, these data are updated on a yearly basis, but there is no annual deadline for the updates, because they depend entirely on the  data providers' ability to deliver. Eurostat's role is to check data quality, give feedback to the data providers and publish the data it deems to be reliable. Eurostat should therefore NOT be quoted as the source. The topics covered and data providers are: Protected areas: The European Commission Directorate-General for the Environment is the source; the European Environment Agency and its European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity also work with the data Birds: The European Bird Census Council (EBCC) and its Pan-European Common Bird Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS) programme. The source to be quoted is EBCC/RSPB/BirdLife/Statistics Netherlands
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Please be aware that this indicator has been rescaled, i.e. data is expressed in relation to EU27_2020 = 100. Thus, they are not comparable with previous releases. Comparative price levels are the ratio between Purchasing power parities (PPPs) and market exchange rate for each country. PPPs are currency conversion rates that convert economic indicators expressed in national currencies to a common currency, called Purchasing Power Standard (PPS), which equalises the purchasing power of different national currencies and thus allows meaningful comparison. The ratio is shown in relation to the EU average (EU27_2020 = 100). If the index of the comparative price levels shown for a country is higher/ lower than 100, the country concerned is relatively expensive/cheap as compared with the EU average.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Domestic material consumption (DMC) measures the total amount of materials directly used by an economy and is defined as the annual quantity of raw materials extracted from the domestic territory of the focal economy, plus all physical imports minus all physical exports. The indicator Domestic Material Consumption (DMC) is based on the Economy-wide Material Flow Accounts (EW-MFA). The theory of Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) includes compilations of the overall material inputs into national economy, the changes of material stock within the economy and the material outputs to other economies or to the environment. EW-MFA covers all solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except water and air. Water included in products is included. The three main components of the DMC are:   - the raw materials domestically extracted (domestic extraction);   - the total import;   - the total export. It is important to note that the term "consumption" as used in DMC denotes apparent consumption and not final consumption. DMC does not include upstream hidden flows (materials that are extracted or moved, but do not enter the economy) related to imports and exports of raw materials and products. The indicator provides a basis for policies to decouple the growth of the economy from the use of natural resources so as to achieve a reduction of environment degradation resulting from primary production, material processing, manufacturing and waste disposal. DMC is a useful indicator, as it provides an assessment of the absolute level of use of resources and allows distinguishing consumption driven by domestic demand from consumption driven by the export market. Combined with GDP, it also provides insight into whether decoupling between the use of natural resources and growth of the economy is taking place.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc220´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Environment > Environmental accounts > Components of domestic material consumption (tsdpc220) tsdpc220´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development Indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Resource use and waste > Components of domestic material consumption (tsdpc220)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Business surveys provide a rapid means of compiling simple statistics with the results available before those of traditional statistical methods, and provide also information on areas not covered by quantitative statistics. Details provided by respondents are generally of very high quality since the questions related to subjects with which they are familiar, thus the past and future performance of their business is highly reliable. Similarly, consumers provide a very high quality information on their purchasing information and price trend. Source: DG ECFIN
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index* Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Januar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_m_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of the construction cost index is to show the development of costs incurred by the contractor/producer to carry out the construction process, in others words the cost of labour, materials and plant and overheads. The construction sector corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F but the split between building construction and civil engineering (CC1, CC2) is based on the Classification of types of Construction. Building construction (CC1) is further subdivided in residential building (CC11) and non-residential building (CC12). The data provided in this table concerns residential building excluding the subgroup of residencies for communities (CC11 excluding CC113). Data are not seasonally adjusted.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_q Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • September 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 September, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Fertilisers contain important nutrients, such as nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P), which plants absorb from the soil for their growth. With the harvest of crops for human and livestock consumption, or for industrial uses, N and P are removed from the soil. Continuing agricultural production without replenishing soil nutrients could lead to decrease soil fertility and even lead to soil degradation and erosion. Fertilisers are therefore essential to sustain agricultural production. Fertilisers are also used to increase crop yields and improve soil characteristics. The use of manufactured fertilizers as a regular farming practice began in most European countries in the mid to late nineteenth century but the greatest increase in consumption in these countries occurred in the three decades following World War II. The manufacturing of fertilisers greatly enhanced crop yields and agricultural production, and aided the large increase in the world population in the 20th Century. However when the quantity of nutrients applied exceeds the plants' nutritional requirements, there is a greater risk of nutrient losses from agricultural soils into ground and surface water. The resulting higher concentration of nutrients can cause serious degradation of ecosystems (such as eutrophication). Certain forms of Nitrogen can also volatilise into the air as ammonia, contributing to acidification, , atmospheric pollution with micro particules, or with emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O), a potent greenhouse gas contributing to climate change. In addition fertilisers may also have adverse environmental effects resulting from their production processes. More specifically, nitrogenous fertilisers require large amounts of energy to be produced leading potentially to higher levels of greenhouse gas emissions. In a different way, phosphorus fertilisers also have an environmental impact, since the raw materials used to produce them are mined, therefore potentially leading to landscape destruction, water contamination, excessive water consumption or air pollution. This table contains data on the total use of manufactured fertilisers expressed in tonnes of N, P, P2O5, K and K2O received from Fertilizers Europe. Manufactured fertilisers are also often referred to as inorganic fertilisers or mineral fertilisers. For a definition see 3.4. Fertilizers Europe represents the major fertilizer manufacturers in Europe. Its members account for approximately 81 percent of the region's nitrogen fertilizer capacity and around 55 percent of phosphate fertilizer capacity (EU-25 and Norway).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Fertilisers contain important nutrients, such as nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P), which plants absorb from the soil for their growth. With the harvest of crops for human and livestock consumption and industrial uses, N and P is removed from the soil. Continuing agricultural production without fertilisation could lead to soil degradation and erosion. Fertilisers are therefore essential to sustain agricultural production. Fertilisers are also used to improve crop yields and soils. The use of manufactured fertilizers as a regular farming practice began in most European countries in the mid to late nineteenth century but the greatest increase in consumption in these countries occurred in the three decades following World War II. The manufacturing of fertilisers greatly enhanced crop yields and agricultural production, and aided the large increase in the world population in the 20th Century. However when the amount of fertiliser applied exceeds the plants' nutritional requirements, there is a greater risk of nutrient losses from agricultural soils into ground and surface water. The resulting higher concentration of nutrients (eutrophication) can cause serious degradation of ecosystems. With the storage and application to the land of manufactured fertilisers, Nitrogen can volatilise into the air as ammonia contributing to acidification, eutrophication and atmospheric particulate pollution, and nitrous oxides, a potent greenhouse gas contributing to climate change.  In addition fertilisers may also have adverse environmental effects resulting from their production processes. More specifically, nitrogenous fertilisers require large amounts of energy to be produced leading potentially to higher levels of greenhouse gas emissions. In a different way, phosphorus fertilisers also have an environmental impact, since the raw materials used to produce them are mined, therefore potentially leading to landscape destruction, water contamination, excessive water consumption or air pollution. This table contains data on the total use of manufactured fertilisers expressed in tonnes of N and tonnes of P received from the countries. Manufactured fertilisers are also often referred to as inorganic fertilisers or mineral fertilisers. For a definition see 3.4.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Purchasing power parities (PPPs) are indicators of price level differences across countries. PPPs tell us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. PPPs can thus be used as currency conversion rates to convert expenditures expressed in national currencies into an artificial common currency (the Purchasing Power Standard, PPS), eliminating the effect of price level differences across countries. The main use of PPPs is to convert national accounts aggregates, like the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of different countries, into comparable volume aggregates. Applying nominal exchange rates in this process would overestimate the GDP of countries with high price levels relative to countries with low price levels. The use of PPPs ensures that the GDP of all countries is valued at a uniform price level and thus reflects only differences in the actual volume of the economy. PPPs are also applied in analyses of relative price levels across countries. For this purpose, the PPPs are divided by the current nominal exchange rate to obtain a price level index (PLI) which expresses the price level of a given country relative to another, or relative to a group of countries like the EU28. The production of PPPs is a multilateral exercise involving the National Statistical Institutes of the participating countries, Eurostat and the OECD. Indicators in Eurostat's dissemination database The indicators published in the price domain on Eurostat's website are the following: Purchasing power parities (PPPs) scaled to the sum of expenditures of the EU Member States expressed in euro. This means that the PPP of one particular country indicates how many units of national currency one would need in that country in order to maintain the purchasing power of one euro in the EUPrice level indices (PLIs) as defined aboveNominal expenditure in national currency, as extracted from each country's national accountsNominal expenditure as percentage of GDPNominal expenditure in euroNominal expenditure per inhabitant in euroReal expenditure, defined as nominal expenditure divided by the PPPReal expenditure per inhabitantVolume indices of real expenditure per inhabitantThe convergence indicators, defined as the coefficient of variation of the price level indices (PLIs) and per capita volume indices (VIs) of gross domestic product (GDP), actual individual consumption (AIC) and household final consumption expenditure (HFCE). It measures the price and volume convergence across countries. In addition, PPPs and real expenditures are available from the national accounts domain of the database. For further details, cf. 17.1.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_appothus The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 August, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 August, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Correction coefficients (countries) are used to ensure equality of purchasing power of remuneration between different locations within the European Union and Belgium. Correction coefficients are calculated as the ratio between the "economic parity" and the exchange rate to the Euro (where applicable). They operate as a percentage adjustment to remuneration expressed in local currency.   As the correction coefficient is simply the economic parity divided by the exchange rate, it can be seen that the exchange rate effect cancels out and the economic parity is the appropriate conversion rate to convert amounts expressed in local currency into Euro and eliminate the effect of price level differences. The economic parity tells us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. The method used to establish economic parities is to compare the price of a basket of goods and services purchased by the average retired international official in Belgium with the price of an equivalent basket of goods and services purchased by the average retired international official in each of the other countries. To compile these prices, Eurostat carry out a number of detailed price surveys in cooperation with national statistical institutes. The same source data is used as for the similar exercise to establish correction coefficients for active staff in Intra-EU duty stations, however it is processed separately. For each item, the price ratio with Belgium is computed. Similar items are grouped into "basic headings", and a geometric mean of the price ratios is calculated to establish a basic heading parity. These basic heading parities are then aggregated to produce an overall parity. This aggregate is computed as a weighted arithmetic mean, using consumption expenditure pattern of international officials as weights.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Correction coefficients (duty stations) are used to ensure equality of purchasing power of remuneration between different locations within the European Union and Brussels. Correction coefficients are calculated as the ratio between the "economic parity" and the exchange rate to the Euro (where applicable). They operate as a percentage adjustment to remuneration expressed in local currency.  As the correction coefficient is simply the economic parity divided by the exchange rate, it can be seen that the exchange rate effect cancels out and the economic parity is the appropriate conversion rate to convert amounts expressed in local currency into Euro and eliminate the effect of price level differences. The economic parity tells us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries.  The method used to establish economic parities is to compare the price of a basket of goods and services purchased by the average international official in Brussels with the price of an equivalent basket of goods and services purchased by the average international official in each of the other duty stations. To compile these prices, Eurostat carry out a number of detailed price surveys in cooperation with national statistical institutes. For each item, the price ratio with Brussels is computed. Similar items are grouped into "basic headings", and a geometric mean of the price ratios is calculated to establish a basic heading parity. These basic heading parities are then aggregated to produce an overall parity. This aggregate is computed as a weighted arithmetic mean, using consumption expenditure pattern of international officials as weights.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Correction coefficients (Extra-EU) are used to ensure equality of purchasing power of remuneration between different locations outside the European Union and Brussels. Correction coefficients are calculated as the ratio between the "economic parity" and the exchange rate to the Euro (where applicable). They operate as a percentage adjustment to remuneration expressed in local currency. As the correction coefficient is simply the economic parity divided by the exchange rate, it can be seen that the exchange rate effect cancels out and the economic parity is the appropriate conversion rate to convert amounts expressed in local currency into Euro and eliminate the effect of price level differences. The economic parity tells us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. The method used to establish economic parities is to compare the price of a basket of goods and services purchased by the average international official in Brussels with the price of an equivalent basket of goods and services purchased by the average international official in each of the other duty stations. To compile these prices, Eurostat carry out a number of detailed price surveys in cooperation with the United Nations International Civil Service Commission and the International Section on Remuneration and Prices of the Coordinated Organisations. For each item, the price ratio with Brussels is computed. Similar items are grouped into "basic headings", and a geometric mean of the price ratios is calculated to establish a basic heading parity. These basic heading parities are then aggregated to produce an overall parity. This aggregate is computed as a weighted arithmetic mean, using consumption expenditure pattern of international officials as weights.
    • Oktober 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Oktober 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Oktober 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Februar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Oktober 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • August 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 August, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2hr The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:med_ag2 The focus of this domain is on the following countries:Algeria, Egypt, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Morocco, Palestinian Authority, Syria, Tunisia. Data are provided for over 1000 indicators depending on the country.   The data for the Mediterranean partner countries are supplied by and under the responsibility of the national statistical authorities  of each of the countries or territories. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the  expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the  legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its frontiers. Â
    • Februar 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Februar, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data:area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop. The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares),  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in 100kg/ha. The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in:17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • Oktober 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area, production harvested and yield for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);area, production harvested and yield for a large number of fruits and vegetableshumidity of the harvested crop (humidity content in %)agricultural land use. The statistics provide, for a given product, the area, the yield and the production harvested during the crop year at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The data refer to areas under cultivation (expressed in 1 000 hectares), the quantity harvested (expressed in 1 000 tonnes) and the yield (expressed in 100kg/ha). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. It simplified the data collection and reduced the number of crop sub-classes. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;30 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly Dried pulses, Root crops and Industrial crops);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for fruits;18 categories and subcategories for UAA (Utilised Agricultural Area).For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1 . Some data are available also for Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Albania, Montenegro. Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia, Kosovo (under United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244/99), Bosnia Herzegovina and Turkey as well. Some additional crops are covered bya Gentlemen's agreement. These data is provided on voluntary basis by the Member States. The list of crops collected under the gentlemen's agreements is included in Annex 1. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Generally speaking, a crude rate is calculated as the ratio of the number of events to the average population of the respective area in a given year. For easier presentation, it is multiplied by 1 000; the result is therefore expressed per 1 000 persons (of the average population). In this particular case, the crude rate of net migration plus adjustment is defined as the ratio of net migration plus adjustment during the year to the average population in that year, expressed per 1 000 inhabitants. The net migration plus adjustment is the difference between the total change and the natural change of the population.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Culture statistics cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Statistics on cultural employment show the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment and present different characteristics of the employment in this field of economy. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-net Culture report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by some core social variables (sex, age, educational attainment) and by selected labour market characteristics (self-employment, full-time work, permanent jobs and persons with one job only), by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-net Culture report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27). In 2016, an extension of the cultural scope was agreed upon by the Working Group 'Culture statistics' and implemented after in cultural employment statistics for reference years 2011 onwards. The publication "Culture statistics - 2016 edition" from the "Statistical books" series was based on the previous scope. Previous scope data are available here, for reference years 2008-2015: cultural employment by sexcultural employment by agecultural employment by educational attainmentcultural employment by NACE rev. 2
    • Juli 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juli, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Hospital beds provide information on health care capacities, i.e. on the maximum number of patients who can be treated by hospitals. Curative care (or acute care) beds in hospitals are beds that are available for curative care. These beds are a subgroup of total hospital beds which are defined as all hospital beds which are regularly maintained and staffed and immediately available for the care of admitted patients; both occupied and unoccupied beds are covered. Hospitals are defined according to the classification of health care providers of the System of Health Accounts (SHA); all public and private hospitals should be covered.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income which occur between resident and non-resident units. It is either expressed as % of GDP or million of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a balance. The current account together with the capital and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the BoP data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income, and secondary income which occur between resident and non-resident units. It is either expressed as % of GDP or million units of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a net balance. The current account together with the capital and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the BoP data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The balance of payments is a record of a country's international transactions with the rest of the world. It is composed of the current account and the capital and financial account. The current account is itself subdivided into goods, services, income and current transfers; it registers the value of exports (credits) and imports (debits). The difference between these two values is the "balance".
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The balance of payments is a record of a country's international transactions with the rest of the world. The balance of payments is composed of two broad sub-balances: the current account and the capital and financial account. The current account is itself subdivided into four basic components: goods, services, income and current transfers. For each of these items, the current account registers the value of exports (credits) and imports (debits). The difference between these two values is the "balance".
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The balance of payments is a record of a country's international transactions with the rest of the world. The balance of payments is composed by two broad sub-balances: the current account and the capital and financial account. The current account is itself subdivided into four basic components: goods, services, income and current transfers. For each of these items, the current account registers the value of exports (credits) and imports (debits). The difference between these two values is the balance.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The balance of payments is a record of a country's international transactions with the rest of the world. It is composed of the current account and the capital and financial account. The current account is itself subdivided into goods, services, income and current transfers; it registers the value of exports (credits) and imports (debits). The difference between these two values is the "balance".
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The balance of payments is a record of a country's international transactions with the rest of the world. It is composed of the current account and the capital and financial account. The current account is itself subdivided into goods, services, income and current transfers; it registers the value of exports (credits) and imports (debits). The difference between these two values is the "balance".
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income, and secondary income which occur between resident and non-resident units. The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a net balance. The current account together with the capital and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the BoP data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income, and secondary income which occur between resident and non-resident units. The data are expressed in Million units of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a balance. The current account together with the capital and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the BoP data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income, and secondary income which occur between resident and non-resident units. The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a net balance. The current account together with the capital and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the BoP data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income, and secondary income which occur between resident and non-resident units. The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The financial flows are marked as a credit, a debit or a net balance. The current account together with the capital and the financial accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The indicator is based on the BoP data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Business surveys provide a rapid means of compiling simple statistics with the results available before those of traditional statistical methods, and provide also information on areas not covered by quantitative statistics. Details provided by respondents are generally of very high quality since the questions related to subjects with which they are familiar, thus the past and future performance of their business is highly reliable. Similarly, consumers provide a very high quality information on their purchasing information and price trend. Source: DG ECFIN
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2cz The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
  • D
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • November 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 November, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Euro-zone series: Until December 1998 it is an aggregate of interbank deposit bid rates weighted by country GDP (Gross Domestic Product). Thereafter the rate is the EONIA (Euro OverNight Index Average), the effective overnight reference rate for the euro, computed as a weighted average of all overnight unsecured lending transactions in the interbank market, initiated within the euro area by the contributing panel banks. EONIA is computed with the help of the European Central Bank. EU15 series: Until December 1998, this is a theoretical rate based on an aggregation of day-to-day rates weighted by country GDP. Thereafter the rate is an average of the EONIA and the rates of the non-euro-zone countries, weighted by country GDP. National series: broadly speaking, these are day-to-day interbank rates. Source: European Central Bank.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data comprise day-to-day money rates which are no longer updated. These interest rates no longer exist once a country joins the euro area.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Causes of Death data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Death due to accidents refer to all kind of accident (transport, drowning, fire, ...).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Causes of Death data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Death due to cancer refer to all death caused by a malignant neoplasm."
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Causes of Death data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Death due to ischaemic heart diseases refer to all death caused by reduced blood supply to the heart. Most of these deaths are due to 'heart attack'.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Causes of Death data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Death due to transport accidents refer to all kind of transport (road: car, pedestrian, cyclist, ..; water; air; ...).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      "Death" means the permanent disappearance of all evidence of life at any time after live birth has taken place (post-natal cessation of vital functions without capability of resuscitation).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • August 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2dk The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on dentists should refer to those “immediately serving patients”, i.e. dentists who have direct contact with patients as consumers of health care services. In the context of comparing health care services across Member States, Eurostat considers that this is the concept which best describes the availability of health care resources. However, Member States use different concepts when they report the number of health care professionals. Therefore for some countries the data might refer to dentists ‘licensed to practice’ (i.e. successfully graduated dentists irrespective whether they see patients or not) or they might include dentists who work in their profession but do not see patients (i.e. they work in research, administration etc.). Please have a look in the annexes of the metadata to see for which concept these data refer to for each country.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2dep The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      % of populationThe indicator measures the share of population reporting high or very high level of difficulty in accessing public transport.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign direct investment (FDI) is a category of investment that reflects the objective of establishing a lasting interest by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor) in an enterprise (direct investment enterprise) that is resident in an economy other than that of the direct investor. The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. Data are expressed in millions of national currency. FDI comprises: - Equity capital comprises equity in branches as well as all shares in subsidiaries and associates. - Reinvested earnings consist of the offsetting entry to the direct investor’s share of earnings not distributed as dividends by subsidiaries or associates, and earnings of branches not remitted to the direct investor and which are recorded under Investment income. - debt instruments Direct investment is classified primarily on a directional basis: 1) Resident direct investment abroad (Outward direct investment) 2) Non-resident investment in the reporting economy (Inward direct investment). The Inward direct investment is investment by a non-resident direct investor in a direct investment enterprise resident in the host economy; the direction of the influence by the direct investor is inward for the reporting economy. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign direct investment (FDI) is a category of investment that reflects the objective of establishing a lasting interest by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor) in an enterprise (direct investment enterprise) that is resident in an economy other than that of the direct investor. The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI flows comprise: - Equity capital including equity in branches as well as all shares in subsidiaries and associates; - Reinvested earnings consisting of the offsetting entry to the direct investor’s share of earnings not distributed as dividends by subsidiaries or associates, and earnings of branches not remitted to the direct investor and which are recorded under Investment income; - Debt instruments Data are presented according to the asset/liability principle, compiled in the framework of balance of payments and are consistent with the components of national accounts statistics. Inward FDI flows represent the value of FDI liabilities from all countries of the world in the reporting economy in the reference period. Data are expressed as % of GDP to remove the effect of differences in the size of the economies of the reporting countries. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign direct investment (FDI) is a category of investment that reflects the objective of establishing a lasting interest by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor) in an enterprise (direct investment enterprise) that is resident in an economy other than that of the direct investor. The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. Data are expressed in Million units of national currency. FDI comprises: - Equity capital comprises equity in branches as well as all shares in subsidiaries and associates. - Reinvested earnings consist of the offsetting entry to the direct investor’s share of earnings not distributed as dividends by subsidiaries or associates, and earnings of branches not remitted to the direct investor and which are recorded under Investment income. - debt instruments Direct investment is classified primarily on a directional basis: 1) Resident direct investment abroad (Outward direct investment) 2) Non-resident investment in the reporting economy (Inward direct investment). The Inward direct investment is investment by a non-resident direct investor in a direct investment enterprise resident in the host economy; the direction of the influence by the direct investor is inward for the reporting economy. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign direct investment (FDI) is a category of investment that reflects the objective of establishing a lasting interest by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor) in an enterprise (direct investment enterprise) that is resident in an economy other than that of the direct investor. The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. Data are expressed in Million units of national currency. FDI comprises: - Equity capital comprises equity in branches as well as all shares in subsidiaries and associates. - Reinvested earnings consist of the offsetting entry to the direct investor’s share of earnings not distributed as dividends by subsidiaries or associates, and earnings of branches not remitted to the direct investor and which are recorded under Investment income. - debt instruments Direct investment is classified primarily on a directional basis: 1) Resident direct investment abroad (Outward direct investment) 2) Non-resident investment in the reporting economy (Inward direct investment). The Inward direct investment is investment by a non-resident direct investor in a direct investment enterprise resident in the host economy; the direction of the influence by the direct investor is inward for the reporting economy. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage. The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However, many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation by territorial typologies, i.e. urban-rural, metropolitan, coastal, mountain, borders and island typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Dispersion of regional employment rates (total, females, males) measures the regional (NUTS level 2) differences in employment within countries and groups of countries (EU-25, euro area). The dispersion is expressed by the coefficient of variation of employment rates of the age group 15-64. It is zero when the employment rates in all regions are identical, and it will rise if there is an increase in the differences between employment rates among regions. Employment rate of the age group 15-64 represents employed persons aged 15-64 as a percentage of the population of the same age group. The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The dispersion of regional GDP (at NUTS level 2 and 3) is measured by the sum of the absolute differences between regional and national GDP per inhabitant, weighted with the share of population and expressed in percent of the national GDP per inhabitant. The indicator is calculated from regional GDP figures based on the European System of Accounts (ESA95).
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The disposable income of private households is the balance of primary income (operating surplus/mixed income plus compensation of employees plus property income received minus property income paid) and the redistribution of income in cash. These transactions comprise social contributions paid, social benefits in cash received, current taxes on income and wealth paid, as well as other current transfers. Disposable income does not include social transfers in kind coming from public administrations or non-profit institutions serving households.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES:Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders:Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the total amount of material directly used in an economy and equals direct material input (DMI) minus exports. DMI measures the direct input of materials for the use in the economy. DMI equals domestic extraction (DE) plus imports. For the ‘per capita’ calculation of the indicator the average population is used (the arithmetic mean of the population on 1st January of two consecutive years). Domestic Material Consumption (DMC) is based on the Economy-wide Material Flow Accounts (EW-MFA). The theory of Economy-wide material flow accounts includes compilations of the overall material inputs into national economy, the changes of material stock within the economy and the material outputs to other economies or to the environment. EW-MFA covers all solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except water and air. Water included in products is included.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the areas, productions and humidity of field peas, broad and field beans, sweet lupins, dry beans, other dry peas, lentils, chickling vetch, chick peas, vetches and other protein crops sown in pure crops or as mixtures with cereals harvested dry for grain. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat. 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production between the Members States, the publication of "humidity" for each country is needed. Only the EU-aggregate for the production is published with a standard EU humidity.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The duration of working life indicator (DWL) measures the number of years a person aged 15 is expected to be active in the labour market throughout his/her life. This indicator has been developed and produced for analysis and monitoring under the Europe 2020 employment strategy. The indicator should complement other indicators by focussing on the entire life cycle of active persons and persons in employment rather than on specific states in the life cycle, such as youth unemployment or early withdrawal from the labour force. The development of life course policies is important in order to achieve more flexibility in the working life according to different stages of the life cycle. This indicator is derived from demographic data (life tables published in Eurostat online dataset demo_mlifetable) and labour market data (activity rates defined as in the online dataset lfsi_act_a but with unpublished detail by single age groups).
    • September 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
  • E
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Early leavers from education and training: The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 18-24 with at most lower secondary education and who were not in further education or training during the last four weeks preceding the survey. Educational attainment is defined according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED). Lower secondary education refers to ISCED 2011 level 0, 1 and 2 (for data as from 2014) and to ISCED 1997 level 0, 1, 2 and 3C short (for data up to 2013).
    • Oktober 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Oktober, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 18-24 with at most lower secondary education and who were not in further education or training during the last four weeks preceding the survey. Lower secondary education refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 0-2 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 0-3C short for data up to 2013. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. (i) More information on national targets can be found here
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 18-24 with at most lower secondary education and who were not in further education or training during the last four weeks preceding the survey. Lower secondary education refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 0-2 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 0-3C short for data up to 2013. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Mai, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation. Please take note that, currently, 2010=100 EU28 aggregation does not include Estonia.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Mai, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation. Please take note that, currently, 2010=100 EU28 aggregation does not include Estonia.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA are detailed data on the value of output (measured in both producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interest, capital formation etc. The values are available in both current prices and constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) statistics and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of the EAA. The EAA are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculations of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data The EAA are also compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values at current prices. The agricultural labour input data and unit values, however, are not available at regional levels. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement l
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The economic accounts for forestry and logging are based on national accounts, but are collected with greater detail. Current prices means prices of that particular year. Annual inflation must yet be taken into account if one wishes to compare the values of different years. Basic prices means the price received by the producer after deduction of all taxes on products, but including all subsidies on products. Gross value added is the value of the output less the value of intermediate consumption. Fixed capital relates to longer-lived assets (e.g. equipment or buildings) that are either acquired (this is gross fixed capital formation) or consumed (this is fixed capital consumption, the annual reduction in the value of fixed assets). The definition of the activity of forestry and logging is based on Division 02 of NACE Rev. 2.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Sentiment Indicator (ESI) is a composite indicator made up of five sectoral confidence indicators with different weights: Industrial confidence indicator, Services confidence indicator, Consumer confidence indicator, Construction confidence indicator Retail trade confidence indicator. Confidence indicators are arithmetic means of seasonally adjusted balances of answers to a selection of questions closely related to the reference variable they are supposed to track (e.g. industrial production for the industrial confidence indicator). Surveys are defined within the Joint Harmonised EU Programme of Business and Consumer Surveys. The economic sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated as an index with mean value of 100 and standard deviation of 10 over a fixed standardised sample period. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2). Source: DG ECFIN
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_regind The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • November 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the quantity of electricity consumed by households. Household consumption covers all use of electricity for space and water heating and all electrical appliances.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the EU progress towards the targets of the Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc310´s table: Eurobase>Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Energy > Energy statistics - quantities > Electricity consumption of households (tsdpc310) tsdpc310´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development Indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Consumption patterns > Electricity consumption of households (tsdpc310)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator presents electricity prices charged to final consumers. Electricity prices for non-household consumers are defined as follows: Average national price in Euro per kWh without taxes applicable for the first semester of each year for medium size industrial consumers (Consumption Band Ic with annual consumption between 500 and 2000 MWh). Electricity prices for household consumers are defined as follows: Average national price in Euro per kWh including taxes and levies applicable for the first semester of each year for medium size household consumers (Consumption Band Dc with annual consumption between 2500 and 5000 kWh).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total number of long-term emigrantsleaving from the reporting country during the reference year
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator tracks trends in anthropogenic atmospheric emissions of ammonia by source sector.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc290's table: Eurobase > Tables by themes> Environment and Energy > Environment > Greenhouse gases / Air Pollution > Emissions of ammonia (NH3), by source sector(tsdpc290) tsdpc290's table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development Indictors > Sustainable consumption and production > Resource use and waste >Emissions of ammonia (NH3), by source sector(tsdpc290)
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The dataset presents estimates of air emissions 'embodied' in products (goods and services) for final use - also referred to as 'footprints'. The estimates are the result of environmental input-output modelling for the aggregated European Union (EU) economy. For example, the carbon footprint is a measure of how much CO2 was emitted along the full production chain of a product that ends up in the EU as final consumption or investment, irrespective of the industry or country where the CO2 emission occurred. These emissions are sometimes referred to as emissions 'embodied' in EU consumption, although they are not literally included in the final products, and these products are not only consumed, but may also be investment goods. Air emission footprints offer a complementary perspective to greenhouse gas inventories and air emissions accounts. The latter two record emissions on the production side, at the origin of the emissions. In contrast, carbon footprints are estimated from the perspective of the final product and where it ends up, and are therefore also referred to as consumption-based accounts.   The model estimations are based on two main source datasets (see 18.1 for more detail): ESA supply, use and input–output tablesAir emissions accounts    The dataset reports on emissions of greenhouse gases and air pollutants from final use of products for: European Union2008-2016using the CPA 2008 classificationwithin the ESA 2010 framework   Estimates for the most recent year in the dataset (t) are estimated based on early estimates of air emissions accounts for year t.    Footprints can be derived from this dataset by combining the estimates for final consumption expenditure (P3) and gross capital formation (P5) from the dimension INDUSE (for ORIGIN equal to Total/WORLD).   The underlying modelling assumes that the production technology in the rest of the world economy is the same as in the EU. Hence, the estimated 'embodied' emissions in the rest of the world constitute rather emissions avoided in the EU production system. For carbon dioxide (CO2) the difference between 'avoided in EU' and 'actually emitted in rest of the world' is most likely smaller than for other pollutants such as sulphur dioxide (SO2) for which very efficient abatement technologies were introduced in the EU.
    • November 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The dataset presents estimates of air emissions 'embodied' in products (goods and services) for final use - also sometimes referred to as 'footprints'. The estimates are the results of environmental input-output modelling for the aggregated EU-27 economy. The model estimations are based on two main data sets: 1) ESA supply, use and input–output tables (consolidated tables - naio_agg_60) and 2) air emissions accounts (env_ac_ainah_r1). Data is published in two tables as part of the air emissions accounts database: table env_ac_io presents data for years 2000-2007 using CPA 2002 classification; table env_ac_io2 covers years 2008 and 2009 in CPA 2008 breakdown. The underlying modelling assumes that the production technology in the rest of the world economy is the same as in the EU-27. Hence, the estimated 'embodied' emissions in the rest of the world constitute rather emissions avoided in the EU-27 production system. For carbon dioxide the difference between 'avoided in EU-27' and 'actually emitted in rest of the world' is most likely smaller than for other pollutants such as sulfur dioxide for which very efficient 'abatement-technologies' were introduced in the European Union.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The dataset presents estimates of air emissions 'embodied' in products (goods and services) for final use - also sometimes referred to as 'footprints'. The estimates are the results of environmental input-output modelling for the aggregated EU-27 economy. The model estimations are based on two main data sets: 1) ESA supply, use and input–output tables (consolidated tables - naio_agg_60) and 2) air emissions accounts (env_ac_ainah_r1). Data is published in two tables as part of the air emissions accounts database: table env_ac_io presents data for years 2000-2007 using CPA 2002 classification; table env_ac_io2 covers years 2008 and 2009 in CPA 2008 breakdown. The underlying modelling assumes that the production technology in the rest of the world economy is the same as in the EU-27. Hence, the estimated 'embodied' emissions in the rest of the world constitute rather emissions avoided in the EU-27 production system. For carbon dioxide the difference between 'avoided in EU-27' and 'actually emitted in rest of the world' is most likely smaller than for other pollutants such as sulfur dioxide for which very efficient 'abatement-technologies' were introduced in the European Union.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator tracks trends in anthropogenic atmospheric emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) by source sector. The indicator also provides information on emissions by sectors: Energy production and distribution; Energy use in industry; Industrial processes; Road transport; Non-road transport; Commercial, institutional and households; Solvent and product use; Agriculture; Waste; and Other.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc270´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Environment > Greenhouse gases/Air polltuon > Emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) by source sector (tsdpc270) tsdpc270´s table within the Sustainable Development Indicators (SDI) set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable development indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Resources use and waste > Emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) by source sector (tsdpc270)
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator tracks trends in anthropogenic atmospheric emissions of nitrogen oxides caused by transport. Separate values are available for emissions from road and from non-road transport.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdtr430´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development Indicators > Sustainable Transport > Transport Impacts > Emissions of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) from Transport (tsdtr430)
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator tracks trends since 1990 in anthropogenic atmospheric emissions of non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOCs) by source sector. The indicator also provides information on emissions by sectors: Energy production and distribution; Energy use in industry; Industrial processes; Road transport; Non-road transport; Commercial, institutional and households; Solvent and product use; Agriculture; Waste; Other.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc280´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Environment > Greenhouse gases/Air polltuon > Emissions of non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC) by source sector (tsdpc280) tsdpc280´s table within the Sustainable Development Indicators (SDI) set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable development indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Resources use and waste > Emissions of non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC) by source sector (tsdpc280)
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator tracks trends in atmospheric emissions of particulate matter caused by transport. PM2.5 refers to particulate matter with a diameter of up to 2.5 micrometres. Particulate matter potential for causing health problems is directly linked to the size of the particles.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator tracks trends in anthropogenic atmospheric emissions of sulphur oxides by source sector. The indicator also provides information on emissions by sectors: Energy production and distribution; Energy use in industry; Industrial processes; Road transport; Non-road transport; Commercial, institutional and households; Solvent and product use; Agriculture; Waste; Other.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc260´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Environment > Greenhouse gases/Air pollution > Emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx) by source sector (tsdpc260) tsdpc260´s table within the Sustainable Development Indicators (SDI) set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable development indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Resources use and waste >Emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx) by source sector (tsdpc260)
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 September, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self-employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, population in employment working during unsocial hours, working time, total unemployment, inactivity and quality of employment. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self-employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, population in employment working during unsocial hours, working time, total unemployment, inactivity and quality of employment. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Percentage of persons with more than one job as a share of all persons in employment. The indicator refers to persons who had more than one job or business during the reference week, not due to change of job or business (persons having changed job or business during the reference week are not considered as having more than one job).
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator, 'employed persons with a second job' refers only to persons with more than one job at the same time. Consequently, persons having changed job during the reference week are not covered.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ICT education statistics make part of the domain ICT training, which in its term is one of the domains in the wider concept of Digital skills. ICT education indicators are constructed using the secondary statistical approach. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. ICT education indicators are based on the microdata from the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For this reason, the EU-LFS reference metadata need to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data. Following the underlying EU-LFS microdata, the ICT education indicators set the lower bound on the age at 15 years. The upper age bound is set at 74 years to align these data with other indicator on digital skills derived from the Community Survey on ICT Usage in Households and by Individuals. ICT education indicators are presented in four tables:Employed and unemployed persons with ICT education (isoc_ski_itemp)Employed persons with ICT education by sex (isoc_ski_itsex)Employed persons with ICT education by educational attainment level (isoc_ski_itedu)Employed persons with ICT education by age (isoc_ski_itage) The first table (isoc_ski_itemp) describes persons with ICT education in labour force by their employment status. The rest of tables (isoc_ski_itsex, isoc_ski_itedu and isoc_ski_itage) present different breakdowns of the persons with ICT education in employment. Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (in 1000s) and relative (in %) terms. Data cover all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU-LFS, the publication year is calculated as (Y+1), with Y being the reference year. Yearly data release depends on the EU-LFS release practice and normally takes place in April-May. Data for all indicators are regularly updated and revised to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, usually once a week.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bd_9fh_sz_cl_r2 The data category covers a group of variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The data are drawn from business registers, although some individual countries improve the availability or freshness of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The definitions of employment and unemployment, as well as other survey characteristics follow the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation. The definition of unemployment is further precised in Commission Regulation (EC) No 1897/2000. The main concepts related to the labour status are the following:Employed persons are all persons who worked at least one hour for pay or profit during the reference week or were temporarily absent from such work.Unemployed persons are all persons who were not employed during the reference week and had actively sought work during the past four weeks and were ready to begin working immediately or within two weeks.The active population (labour force) is defined as the sum of employed and unemployed persons.The inactive population consists of all persons who are classified neither as employed nor as unemployed. Relevant breakdowns used are the following:Part-time workers are employed persons not working full time. The distinction between full-time and part-time work is generally based on a spontaneous response by the respondent. The main exceptions are the Netherlands and Iceland where a 35 hours threshold is applied, Sweden where a threshold is applied to the self-employed, and Norway where persons working between 32 and 36 hours are asked whether this is a full- or part-time position. Temporary contracts :  Employees with a limited duration job/contract are employees whose the main job will terminate either after a period fixed in advance, or after a period not known in advance, but nevertheless defined by objective criteria, such as the completion of an assignment or the period of absence of an employee temporarily replaced. The concept of fixed-term contract is only applicable to employees, not to self-employed. In most of the EU Member States, a majority of jobs are based on written labour contracts. In some countries, however, contracts of this type are settled only in specific cases e.g. for public-sector jobs, apprentices or other trainees within an enterprise. Educational attainment level  ISCED 0-2, ISCED3+4, ISCED5+ : The educational attainment level of an individual is the highest ISCED level successfully completed, the successful completion of an educational programme being validated by a recognised qualification (or credential), i.e. a qualification officially recognised by the relevant national education authorities. The indicators to supplement the unemployment rate are defined as follows:Underemployed part-time workers are persons working part-time who wish to work additional hours and are available to do so. Part-time work is recorded as self-reported by individuals.Persons seeking work but not immediately available are the sum of persons neither employed nor unemployed who: (a) are actively seeking work during the last 4 weeks but not available for work in the next 2 weeks; or (b)found a job to start in less than 3 months and are not available for work in the next 2 weeks; or (c) found a job to start in 3 months or more; or (d)are passively seeking work during the last 4 weeks and are available for work in the next 2 weeks.Persons available to work but not seeking are persons neither employed nor unemployed who want to work, are available for work in the next 2 weeks but are not seeking work. For more details, please consult the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Methodology.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU, the United Kingdom, EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage. The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However, many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation by territorial typologies, i.e. urban-rural, metropolitan, coastal, mountain, borders and island typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Employment consists of both employees and self-employed, who are engaged in some productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system (ESA 2010, 11.11). Employment covers employees and self-employed working for production units resident on the economic territory (i.e. the domestic employment concept). Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from non-seasonal adjusted data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicators 'employment growth and activity branches', both quarterly and annual data, are calculated with special methods different that justify the present page. They are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. Employment growth and activity branches combines the two main data sources for employment levels, which are EU-LFS and National Accounts. They not completely coherent, for details please refer to the ESMS page on 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', section 17.1 Coherence - cross domain (see link below in section 'related metadata'). In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns.
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicators 'employment growth and activity branches', both quarterly and annual data, are calculated with special methods different that justify the present page. They are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. Employment growth and activity branches combines the two main data sources for employment levels, which are EU-LFS and National Accounts. They not completely coherent, for details please refer to the ESMS page on 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', section 17.1 Coherence - cross domain (see link below in section 'related metadata'). In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger movements per year) and other airports with more than 15,000 passenger movements per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers: 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products; 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data; 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging. The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU). Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'. Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data shows the employment in high-tech sectors (code HTC) as a percentage of total employment. The data are aggregated according to the sectoral approach at NACE Rev.2 on 2-digit level and is oriented on the ratio of highly qualified working in these areas.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITFand the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset provides estimates of the production, value added, exports and employment of the environmental goods and services sector (EGSS). The EGSS is the part of the economy that generate environmental products, i.e. those produced for the purpose of environmental protection and resource management. Environmental protection includes all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution and of any other degradation of the environment. Those activities and actions include all measures taken in order to restore the environment after it has been degraded. Resource management includes the preservation, maintenance and enhancement of the stock of natural resources and therefore the safeguarding of those resources against depletion. The EGSS accounts are produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex). Datasets env_ac_egss1 and env_ac_egss2 consist of country data produced by the Member States, who transmit the data to Eurostat and further disseminates it. The EU estimates in datasets env_ac_egss1, env_ac_egss2 and env_ac_egss3 are produced by Eurostat not as a sum of available countries but using methods documented in the Eurostat EGSS practical guide (see methodology page) and data sources publicly available. In addition, Eurostat produces output and gross value added volume estimates, i.e. discounting changes in prices, for all countries published in dataset env_ac_egss2.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      % of age group 20-64 yearsThe indicator is calculated by dividing the number of employed people within the age group 20-64 years having attained a specific level of education by the total population of the same age group. The educational attainment level is coded according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED). Data until 2013 are classified according to ISCED 1997 and data as from 2014 according to ISCED 2011.- Less than primary, primary and lower secondary education (ISCED levels 0-2) -Upper secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary education (ISCED levels 3 and 4) -Tertiary education (ISCED levels 5-8) (ISCED 1997: levels 5 and 6) The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS), covering the population living in private households. Employment rate (total, females, males): The number of persons (females, males) aged 20-64 in employment as a share of the total population (females, males) of the same age group.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The employment rate is calculated by dividing the number of persons aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. Employed population consists of those persons who during the reference week did any work for pay or profit for at least one hour, or were not working but had jobs from which they were temporarily absent. (i) More information on national targets can be found here
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The employment rate of older workers is calculated by dividing the number of persons in employment and aged 55 to 64 by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. Employed population consists of those persons who during the reference week did any work for pay or profit for at least one hour, or were not working but had jobs from which they were temporarily absent.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The employment rate of older workers is calculated by dividing the number of persons in employment and aged 55 to 64 by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional (NUTS level 2) employment rate of the age group 15-64 represents employed persons aged 15-64 as a percentage of the population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. The employed persons are those aged 15-64, who during the reference week did any work for pay, profit or family gain for at least one hour, or were not at work but had a job or business from which they were temporarily absent.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional (NUTS level 2) employment rate of the age group 20-64 represents employed persons aged 20-64 as a percentage of the population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. The employed persons are those aged 20-64, who during the reference week did any work for pay, profit or family gain for at least one hour, or were not at work but had a job or business from which they were temporarily absent.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional (NUTS level 2) employment rate of the age group 55-64 represents employed persons aged 55-64 as a percentage of the population of the same age group. Employed persons are those who, during the reference week, did any work for pay, profit or family gain for at least one hour, or were not at work but had a job or business from which they were temporarily absent.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The employment rate of the total population is calculated by dividing the number of person aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total population of the same age group. The employment rate of men is calculated by dividing the number of men aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total male population of the same age group. The employment rate of women is calculated by dividing the number of women aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total female population of the same age group. The indicators are based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator covers the consumption of energy in all modes of transport (road, rail, inland navigation and aviation) in toe, with the exception of maritime (bunkers) and pipelines. The main fuels covered are oil products, electricity and small quantities of gases and biofuels.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdtr250´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development Indicators > Sustainable transport > Transport and mobility > Energy consumption of transport, by mode (tsdtr250)
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is the ratio between the Gross Inland Consumption of Energy and the Gross Domestic Product calculated for a calendar year. It measures the energy consumption of an economy and its overall energy efficiency. The Gross Inland Consumption of Energy is calculated as the sum of the Gross Inland Consumption of the five types of energy: coal, electricity, oil, natural gas and renewable energy sources. In addition, each of these figures is calculated as an aggregation of different data on production, storage, trade (imports/exports) and consumption/use of energy. The GDP figures are taken at chain-linked volumes, reference year 2005 (at 2005 exchange rates). The energy intensity ratio is the result of dividing the Gross Inland Consumption by the GDP. Since Gross Inland Consumption is measured in kgoe (kilogram of oil equivalent) and GDP in 1000 EUR, this ratio is measured in kgoe per 1000 EUR. All necessary data related to energy data is compiled through five annual Joint Questionnaires (one for each type of energy above-mentioned). These questionnaires are called « joint » because they are shared by Eurostat and the International Energy Agency (organisation that belongs to the OECD). The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicators, as it has been chosen for the assessment of the EU progress towards the targets of the Sustainable Development Strategy. tsdec360 table within the SDI set: Eurobase>Tables on EU policy> Socio-economic Development > Innovation, competitiveness and eco-efficiency > Energy Intensity of the economy (tsdec 360)
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      6.1. Reference area
    • Februar 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Februar, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts in year 1990.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Physical energy flow accounts (PEFA) is one module of the European environmental-economic accounts - Regulation (EU) 691/2011 Annex VI. PEFA record the flows of energy (in terajoules) from the environment to the economy (natural inputs),within the economy (products), andfrom the economy back to the environment (residuals), using the accounting framework of physical supply and use tables. PEFA provide information on energy flows arranged in a way fully compatible with concepts, principles, and classifications of national accounts – thus enabling integrated analyses of environmental, energy and economic issues e.g. through environmental-economic modelling. PEFA complement the traditional energy statistics, balances and derived indicators which are the main reference data source for EU energy policies. This metadata refers to three PEFA datasets based on one and the same data collection: Energy supply and use by NACE Rev. 2 activity (env_ac_pefasu), containing data on supply (table A), use (table B), transformation use (table B1), end use (table B2) and emission-relevant use (table C)Key indicators of physical energy flow accounts by NACE Rev. 2 activity (env_ac_pefa04)Physical energy flow accounts totals bridging to energy balances totals (env_ac_pefa05)
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • September 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_rpep
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Januar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Januar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Januar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Januar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • Januar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Januar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • Januar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Januar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 August, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • März 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • März 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • April 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_ac_exp4r2 Data show environmental protection expenditure (EPE). Environmental protection includes all activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. Data on regional EPE were collected from the European countries for the first time in 2010 through the Eurostat Questionnaire on Regional Environmental Data Collection (REQ) based on a Gentlemen's Agreement. The scope of environmental protection is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA 2000), which distinguishes nine environmental domains: protection of ambient air and climate; wastewater management; waste management; protection and remediation of soil, groundwater and surface water; noise and vibration abatement; protection of biodiversity and landscape; protection against radiation; research and development and other environmental protection activities. The data cover three economic sectors (public sector, specialised producers and industry), one economic variable (total environmental protection expenditure) and the nine environmental domains mentioned above. Data are published for years 2000-2009.
    • März 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • April 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data show environmental protection expenditure (EPE). Environmental protection includes all activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. Data on expenditure encompasses different types of investment and current expenditure by several sectors and detail by economic activity (see details in sections 3.2 to 3.4 below).
    • April 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table provides a breakdown of expenditure of general government by type of transaction for the economic function 05 - Environmental protection. It represents a small part of a bigger table (General government expenditure by function (COFOG) - labelled ‘gov_a_exp’) that is compiled in the government finance statistics. The indicators are as reported under table 11 'Expenditure of general government by function (COFOG)' of the ESA transmission programme. The main data source is the national authorities. Data are presented in millions of euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. For further details please see the link below:   http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/en/gov_a_exp_esms.htm
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA 2010 as a tax. The data collection for environmental tax revenue is derived from the national tax lists (NTLs) which Eurostat collects as a complement of table 9 which is part of the ESA 2010 (European system of accounts) transmission programme. The ESA 2010 transmission programme has been defined in annex B of the Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of the European Parliament and the Council of 21 May 2013. This data collection involves a functional analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - Attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their NTL and are validated by Eurostat. Eurostat also collects data on environmental taxes by economic activities (of the tax payers) using the NACE classification, taxes by households and non-residents (see http://appsso.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/nui/show.do?dataset=env_ac_taxind2&lang=en). The totals of environmental tax revenues from both collections should be made fully coherent.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA2010 as a tax. Eurostat collects data on environmental tax revenue (by tax category - energy, transport, pollution and resource taxes) broken down by economic activities (tax payers) using the NACE classification for production activities plus households and non-residents. Eurostat with the European Commission's Directorate General for Taxation and Customs Union also produces annually an analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their national tax list (NTL) and are validated by Eurostat. Efforts are made to ensure full consistency of the data on environmental taxes by economic activities and revenue data based on the national tax lists even if some discrepancies remain for some countries.
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Dezember 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Dezember, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_fdi_pos_r2 Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDI abroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
       Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) encompasses all kind of cross-border investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). FDI is one of the five main functional categories of investment used in international accounts to classify either the Internal Investment Positions (IIP) or the Balance of Payment (BOP) statements of a given economy (vis-à-vis the rest of the world). Foreign Direct Investment positions show at a point in time (generally, end of a reference year) the value of financial direct investment assets of residents of an economy on non-residents, and financial direct investment liabilities of residents of an economy to non-resident. The net FDI position is the difference between assets and liabilities, which is also equivalent (under the directional principle presentation) to the difference between FDI positions abroad and in the reporting economy. The net FDI position represents either a net FDI claim or a net FDI liability to the rest of the world.        Foreign direct investment transactions summarize all economic direct investment interactions between the residents and the non-residents during a given period. Two types of FDI transactions can be identified (within the BOP framework) according to the economic meaning they convey: FDI income is a distributive transaction showing amounts payable and receivable between resident and non-resident entities in return for providing financial direct investment assets to the rest of the world, or incurring direct investment liabilities vis-à-vis the rest of the world.FDI flows refer to financial transactions showing the net acquisition or disposal of financial assets and liabilities involved in direct investment relationships.FDI positions, FDI income and FDI flows are disseminated by Eurostat together with estimated EU FDI aggregates (directly produced by Eurostat).  Other FDI changes that are not transaction changes, such as volume, value or prices changes, are not treated by Eurostat under the scope of annual FDI statistics. Annual FDI data are disseminated by Eurostat according to the directional principle (see sub section 3.4 below). The geographical allocation is made according to the economic residence of the immediate direct investor or immediate direct investment company (immediate counterparts). FDI data classified according to ultimate investor or host economy are not yet available at Eurostat (see 12.1).  International Guides recommend the classification of FDI data both according to the activity of the direct investor and the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In practice, it is very difficult for national compilers to have both classifications. In that case, the recommended classification by activity is that of the direct investment enterprise. On the outward side, national compilers are not always able to classify their FDI data according to the activity of the direct investment enterprise. In that case, the classification used as a proxy is the activity of the direct investor.  Alongside with International Trade in Services Statistics (ITSS) and Foreign Affiliates Trade Statistics (FATS), FDI data are relevant to monitor the overall effectiveness and competitiveness of different economies in the globalised world.
    • Oktober 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
       International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Februar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Februar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property including electricity. ‘European’ means that the statistics are compiled on the basis of the concepts and definitions set out in EU legislation. ‘National’ statistics, i.e. statistics published at national level by the Member States, are compiled on the basis of national rules which may differ from EU rules. European ITGS are the official harmonised source of information about exports, imports and the trade balances of the EU, its Member States and the euro area.   Type of users and requirements As international trade forms a major part of the world economy, statistics on trade in goods are an instrument of primary importance for numerous public and private sector decision makers. For example, international trade statistics • enable EU authorities to prepare multilateral and bilateral negotiations under the common commercial policy; • enable EU authorities to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and the integration of EU economies; • enable EU authorities to define and implement anti-dumping policies; • constitute an essential source of information for balance of payments statistics, national accounts and economic studies; and • help EU businesses conduct market research and define their commercial strategy. Statistics satisfy these needs in a variety of ways. Users may need either annual aggregated or detailed monthly data on products or partner countries. They may be interested in trade values in current prices or at constant prices. Alternatively, their interest may be in quantities rather than in values. These examples, which are far from exhaustive, show the diversity of users and their requirements. Eurostat tries to meet these various needs and to adapt to a changing environment, such as changes due to globalisation.   Extrastat and Intrastat: two data collection systems Traditionally ITGS are based on the data collected by customs authorities on trade transactions between countries. Customs declarations are used for statistical purposes as the basic data source which provides detailed information on exports and imports of goods with a geographical breakdown. The first piece of EU legislation on ITGS was adopted in 1975; it provided general guidelines on data collection and obliged Member States to send their data to Eurostat. The advent of the Single Market on 1 January 1993, with its removal of customs formalities between Member States and subsequent loss of trade statistics data sources, required the establishment of a new data collection system: Intrastat.. Since then ITGS are based on two data collection systems: Extrastat and Intrastat. Extrastat data on trade in goods with non-EU countries are collected by customs authorities and are based on the records of trade transactions in customs declarations, whereas Intrastat data are directly collected from intra-EU trade operators once a month. Alternative data sources may be used for some specific goods and movements like for among with ships, aircraft, gas and electricity.   Aggregated versus detailed data International trade in goods statistics are published through different datasets grouped into two categories:Aggregated data which refer to macroeconomic indicators for the EU and euro area. Data are aggregated by broad product categories, both monthly (short-term indicators) and annually (long-term indicators). Broad product categories are defined as one-digit codes of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) or aggregates of the Broad Economic Categories (BEC); andDetailed data which refer to the most detailed level of the following product nomenclatures: the Combined Nomenclature (CN), the SITC, the BEC, the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA) and the Standard Goods Classification for Transport Statistics/Revised (NSTR). Detailed data also contain aggregations at higher levels.   Statistical dimensions The frequency at which the data are compiled (data periodicity) and the product nomenclature differ depending on the dataset, but the following statistical fields are always available:reporting country: country or geo-economic area such as EU or euro area;reference period: month and/or year;trade flows: import and export;product according to the relevant classification; andpartner country: EU Member State, non-EU country or geo-economic area. Besides the dimensions listed above, specific datasets contain information on the mode of transport (e.g. by sea, by air or by road) or the statistical procedure (normal trade versus trade for processing activities).
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Januar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Januar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Januar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Januar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property including electricity. ‘European’ means that the statistics are compiled on the basis of the concepts and definitions set out in EU legislation. ‘National’ statistics, i.e. statistics published at national level by the Member States, are compiled on the basis of national rules which may differ from EU rules. European ITGS are the official harmonised source of information about exports, imports and the trade balances of the EU, its Member States and the euro area.   Type of users and requirements As international trade forms a major part of the world economy, statistics on trade in goods are an instrument of primary importance for numerous public and private sector decision makers. For example, international trade statistics • enable EU authorities to prepare multilateral and bilateral negotiations under the common commercial policy; • enable EU authorities to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and the integration of EU economies; • enable EU authorities to define and implement anti-dumping policies; • constitute an essential source of information for balance of payments statistics, national accounts and economic studies; and • help EU businesses conduct market research and define their commercial strategy. Statistics satisfy these needs in a variety of ways. Users may need either annual aggregated or detailed monthly data on products or partner countries. They may be interested in trade values in current prices or at constant prices. Alternatively, their interest may be in quantities rather than in values. These examples, which are far from exhaustive, show the diversity of users and their requirements. Eurostat tries to meet these various needs and to adapt to a changing environment, such as changes due to globalisation.   Extrastat and Intrastat: two data collection systems Traditionally ITGS are based on the data collected by customs authorities on trade transactions between countries. Customs declarations are used for statistical purposes as the basic data source which provides detailed information on exports and imports of goods with a geographical breakdown. The first piece of EU legislation on ITGS was adopted in 1975; it provided general guidelines on data collection and obliged Member States to send their data to Eurostat. The advent of the Single Market on 1 January 1993, with its removal of customs formalities between Member States and subsequent loss of trade statistics data sources, required the establishment of a new data collection system: Intrastat.. Since then ITGS are based on two data collection systems: Extrastat and Intrastat. Extrastat data on trade in goods with non-EU countries are collected by customs authorities and are based on the records of trade transactions in customs declarations, whereas Intrastat data are directly collected from intra-EU trade operators once a month. Alternative data sources may be used for some specific goods and movements like for among with ships, aircraft, gas and electricity.   Aggregated versus detailed data International trade in goods statistics are published through different datasets grouped into two categories:Aggregated data which refer to macroeconomic indicators for the EU and euro area. Data are aggregated by broad product categories, both monthly (short-term indicators) and annually (long-term indicators). Broad product categories are defined as one-digit codes of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) or aggregates of the Broad Economic Categories (BEC); andDetailed data which refer to the most detailed level of the following product nomenclatures: the Combined Nomenclature (CN), the SITC, the BEC, the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA) and the Standard Goods Classification for Transport Statistics/Revised (NSTR). Detailed data also contain aggregations at higher levels.   Statistical dimensions The frequency at which the data are compiled (data periodicity) and the product nomenclature differ depending on the dataset, but the following statistical fields are always available:reporting country: country or geo-economic area such as EU or euro area;reference period: month and/or year;trade flows: import and export;product according to the relevant classification; andpartner country: EU Member State, non-EU country or geo-economic area. Besides the dimensions listed above, specific datasets contain information on the mode of transport (e.g. by sea, by air or by road) or the statistical procedure (normal trade versus trade for processing activities).
    • Januar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Januar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
       International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property including electricity. ‘European’ means that the statistics are compiled on the basis of the concepts and definitions set out in EU legislation. ‘National’ statistics, i.e. statistics published at national level by the Member States, are compiled on the basis of national rules which may differ from EU rules. European ITGS are the official harmonised source of information about exports, imports and the trade balances of the EU, its Member States and the euro area.   Type of users and requirements As international trade forms a major part of the world economy, statistics on trade in goods are an instrument of primary importance for numerous public and private sector decision makers. For example, international trade statistics • enable EU authorities to prepare multilateral and bilateral negotiations under the common commercial policy; • enable EU authorities to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and the integration of EU economies; • enable EU authorities to define and implement anti-dumping policies; • constitute an essential source of information for balance of payments statistics, national accounts and economic studies; and • help EU businesses conduct market research and define their commercial strategy. Statistics satisfy these needs in a variety of ways. Users may need either annual aggregated or detailed monthly data on products or partner countries. They may be interested in trade values in current prices or at constant prices. Alternatively, their interest may be in quantities rather than in values. These examples, which are far from exhaustive, show the diversity of users and their requirements. Eurostat tries to meet these various needs and to adapt to a changing environment, such as changes due to globalisation.   Extrastat and Intrastat: two data collection systems Traditionally ITGS are based on the data collected by customs authorities on trade transactions between countries. Customs declarations are used for statistical purposes as the basic data source which provides detailed information on exports and imports of goods with a geographical breakdown. The first piece of EU legislation on ITGS was adopted in 1975; it provided general guidelines on data collection and obliged Member States to send their data to Eurostat. The advent of the Single Market on 1 January 1993, with its removal of customs formalities between Member States and subsequent loss of trade statistics data sources, required the establishment of a new data collection system: Intrastat.. Since then ITGS are based on two data collection systems: Extrastat and Intrastat. Extrastat data on trade in goods with non-EU countries are collected by customs authorities and are based on the records of trade transactions in customs declarations, whereas Intrastat data are directly collected from intra-EU trade operators once a month. Alternative data sources may be used for some specific goods and movements like for among with ships, aircraft, gas and electricity.   Aggregated versus detailed data International trade in goods statistics are published through different datasets grouped into two categories:Aggregated data which refer to macroeconomic indicators for the EU and euro area. Data are aggregated by broad product categories, both monthly (short-term indicators) and annually (long-term indicators). Broad product categories are defined as one-digit codes of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) or aggregates of the Broad Economic Categories (BEC); andDetailed data which refer to the most detailed level of the following product nomenclatures: the Combined Nomenclature (CN), the SITC, the BEC, the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA) and the Standard Goods Classification for Transport Statistics/Revised (NSTR). Detailed data also contain aggregations at higher levels.   Statistical dimensions The frequency at which the data are compiled (data periodicity) and the product nomenclature differ depending on the dataset, but the following statistical fields are always available:reporting country: country or geo-economic area such as EU or euro area;reference period: month and/or year;trade flows: import and export;product according to the relevant classification; andpartner country: EU Member State, non-EU country or geo-economic area. Besides the dimensions listed above, specific datasets contain information on the mode of transport (e.g. by sea, by air or by road) or the statistical procedure (normal trade versus trade for processing activities).
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property including electricity. ‘European’ means that the statistics are compiled on the basis of the concepts and definitions set out in EU legislation. ‘National’ statistics, i.e. statistics published at national level by the Member States, are compiled on the basis of national rules which may differ from EU rules. European ITGS are the official harmonised source of information about exports, imports and the trade balances of the EU, its Member States and the euro area.   Aggregated versus detailed data International trade in goods statistics are published through different datasets grouped into two categories:Aggregated data refer to macroeconomic indicators for the EU and euro area. Monthly (short-term indicators) and annual (long-term indicators) data are aggregated by broad product categories. Broad product categories are defined as one-digit codes of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) or aggregates of the Broad Economic Categories (BEC).Detailed data refer to the most detailed level of the following product nomenclatures: the Combined Nomenclature (CN), the SITC, the BEC, the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA) and the Standard Goods Classification for Transport Statistics/Revised (NSTR). Detailed data also contain product aggregations at higher levels.   Statistical dimensions Data periodicity (monthly or yearly) and product nomenclature (CN, SITC, BEC or CPA) differ depending on the dataset, but the following statistical fields are always available:reporting country: country or geo-economic area such as EU or euro area;partner country: EU Member State, non-EU country or geo-economic area.reference period: month and/or year;trade flows: import and export; andproduct according to the relevant classification. Besides the dimensions listed above, specific datasets contain information on the mode of transport (e.g. by sea, by air or by road) or the statistical procedure (normal trade versus trade for processing activities).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A yield curve (which is known as the term structure of interest rates) represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The zero coupon yield curves and their corresponding time series are calculated using "AAA-rated" euro area central government bonds, i.e. debt securities with the most favourable credit risk assessment. They represent the yields to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds. Source: European Central Bank.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A yield curve, also known as term structure of interest rates, represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The information content of a yield curve reflects the asset pricing process on financial markets. When buying and selling bonds, investors include their expectations of  future inflation, real interest rates and their assessment of risks. An investor calculates the price of a bond by discounting the expected future cash flows (coupon payments and/or redemption). ECB estimates zero-coupon yield curves for the euro area and also derives forward and par yield curves. A zero coupon bond is a bond that pays no cupon and is sold at a discount from its face value. The zero coupon curve represents the yield to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds, since they are not directly observable in the market for a wide range of maturities. They must therfore be estimatedfrom existing zero coupon bonds and fixed coupon bond prices or yields.  The forward curve shows the short-term (instantaneous) interest rate for future periods implied in the yield curve. The par yield reflects hypothetical yields, namely the interest rates the bonds would have yielded had they been priced at par (i.e. at 100).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A yield curve, also known as term structure of interest rates, represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The information content of a yield curve reflects the asset pricing process on financial markets. When buying and selling bonds, investors include their expectations of  future inflation, real interest rates and their assessment of risks. An investor calculates the price of a bond by discounting the expected future cash flows (coupon payments and/or redemption). ECB estimates zero-coupon yield curves for the euro area and also derives forward and par yield curves. A zero coupon bond is a bond that pays no cupon and is sold at a discount from its face value. The zero coupon curve represents the yield to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds, since they are not directly observable in the market for a wide range of maturities. They must therfore be estimatedfrom existing zero coupon bonds and fixed coupon bond prices or yields.  The forward curve shows the short-term (instantaneous) interest rate for future periods implied in the yield curve. The par yield reflects hypothetical yields, namely the interest rates the bonds would have yielded had they been priced at par (i.e. at 100).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
       A yield curve, also known as term structure of interest rates, represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The information content of a yield curve reflects the asset pricing process on financial markets. When buying and selling bonds, investors include their expectations of  future inflation, real interest rates and their assessment of risks. An investor calculates the price of a bond by discounting the expected future cash flows (coupon payments and/or redemption). The European Central Bank estimates zero-coupon yield curves for the euro area and also derives forward and par yield curves. A zero coupon bond is a bond that pays no coupon and is sold at a discount from its face value. The zero coupon curve represents the yield to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds, since they are not directly observable in the market for a wide range of maturities. They must therfore be estimated from existing zero coupon bonds and fixed coupon bond prices or yields.  The forward curve shows the short-term (instantaneous) interest rate for future periods implied in the yield curve. The par yield reflects hypothetical yields, namely the interest rates the bonds would have yielded had they been priced at par (i.e. at 100). An outlier removal mechanism is applied to bonds that have passed the selection criteria described in 11.1. Bonds are removed if their yields deviate by more than twice the standard deviation from the average yield in the same maturity bracket. Afterwards, the same procedure is repeated. 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: Balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,Net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment,International investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsci_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities: solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the reporting country and the rest of the world. Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The table indicates the seasonally adjusted values of the EU and euro-zone exports. Exports are valuated FOB (Free on Board), i.e. only incidental expenses (freight, insurance) incurred in the part of journey located on the territory of the reporting country are included. The raw values of the Member States are adjusted according to the number of working days on the basis of each national calendar and then seasonally adjusted before being aggregated to provide the EU and euro-zone totals.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The external balance of goods and services (ESA 2010, 8.68) is the difference between exports of goods and services and imports of goods and services. If positive, the economy exports more goods and services than it imports, and vice versa. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
  • F
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Farm labour force includes all persons having completed their compulsory education who carried out farm work on the holding during the 12 months ending on the reference day of the survey.
    • Dezember 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Average of inward and outward Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) flows divided by gross domestic product (GDP). The index measures the intensity of investment integration within the international economy. The direct investment refers to the international investment made by a resident entity (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an entity operating in an economy other than that of the investor (direct investment enterprise). Direct investment involves both the initial transactions between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated. Data are expressed as percentage of GDP to remove the effect of differences in the size of the economies of the reporting countries.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat’s annual data collections on demographic statistics are structured as follows:
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Not applicable
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.94) consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community. The consumption expenditure may take place on the domestic territory or abroad. Private final consumption expenditure includes households' (ESA 2010, 2.118) and NPISH's final consumption expenditure. Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH, ESA 2010, 2.129) are separate legal entities serving households. They include for example trade unions, professional societies, political parties, churches, charities, sports clubs etc. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Final consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community (ESA 2010 3.94). Private final consumption expenditure includes households' and Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH's) final consumption expenditure. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Household expenditure refers to any spending done by a person living alone or by a group of people living together in shared accommodation and with common domestic expenses. It includes expenditure incurred on the domestic territory (by residents and non-residents) for the direct satisfaction of individual needs and covers the purchase of goods and services, the consumption of own production (such as garden produce) and the imputed rent of owner-occupied dwellings.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      6.1. Reference area
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Final energy consumption covers the energy consumption of end-users, such as industry, transport, households, services and agriculture. It excludes consumption of the energy sector itself and losses occurring during transformation and distribution of energy (e.g. power plants, district heating plants, oil refineries, coke ovens, blast furnaces). It is also excluding all non-energy use of energy carriers (e.g. natural gas used for producing chemicals, oil based lubricants, bitumen used for road surface). Quantities delivered to international aviation and international marine bunkers are also excluded from the final energy consumption.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator expresses the sum of the energy supplied to the final consumers for all energy uses. It is the sum of final energy consumption in industry, transport, households, services, agriculture, etc. Final energy consumption in industry covers the consumption in all industrial sectors with the exception of the ´Energy sector´. The fuel quantities transformed in the electrical power stations of industrial autoproducers and the quantities of coke transformed into blast-furnace gas are not part of the overall industrial consumption but of the transformation sector. Final energy consumption in transport covers the consumption in all types of transportation, i.e., rail, road, air transport and inland navigation. Final energy consumption in households, services, etc. covers quantities consumed by private households, commerce, public administration, services, agriculture and fisheries. The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. tsdpc320´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes >Energy > Energy statistics quantities > Final energy consumption, by sector (tsdpc320) tsdpc320´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable development indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Consumption patterns > Final energy consumption, by sector (tsdpc320)
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      6.1. Reference area
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures how much electricity and heat every citizen consumes at home excluding energy used for transportation. Since the indicator refers to final energy consumption, only energy used by end consumers is considered. The related consumption of the energy sector itself is excluded.
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Financial account records transactions that involve financial assets and liabilities that have taken place between residents and non-residents. The financial account shows transactions in net terms: net acquisitions of financial assets correspond to gross acquisitions of assets less gross sales of assets; net incurrence of liabilites corresponds to gross incurrence of liabilites less gross decrease in liabilites. According to the functional sub-division cross-border financial transactions and positions are classified as Direct investment, Portfolio investment, Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options, Other investment, and Reserve assets. Cross-border financial transactions and positions are further classified by type of instrument and institutional sector. The financial account together with the current and capital accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The data are expressed as % of GDP and million of national currency. The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments (BoP) data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Financial account records transactions that involve financial assets and liabilities that have taken place between residents and non-residents. The financial account shows transactions in net terms: net acquisitions of financial assets correspond to gross acquisitions of assets less gross sales of assets; net incurrence of liabilites corresponds to gross incurrence of liabilites less gross decrease in liabilites. According to the functional sub-division cross-border financial transactions and positions are classified as Direct investment, Portfolio investment, Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options, Other investment, and Reserve assets. Cross-border financial transactions and positions are further classified by type of instrument and institutional sector. The financial account together with the current and capital accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The data are expressed as % of GDP and million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments (BoP) data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Financial account records transactions that involve financial assets and liabilities that have taken place between residents and non-residents. The financial account shows transactions in net terms: net acquisitions of financial assets correspond to acquisitions of assets less reductions in assets. According to the functional sub-division cross-border financial transactions and positions are classified as Direct investment, Portfolio investment, Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options, Other investment, and Reserve assets. Cross-border financial transactions and positions are further classified by type of instrument and institutional sector. The financial account together with the current and capital accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The data are expressed in million of national currency. The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments (BoP) data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Financial account records transactions that involve financial assets and liabilities that have taken place between residents and non-residents. The financial account shows transactions in net terms: net acquisitions of financial assets correspond to gross acquisitions of assets less gross sales of assets; net incurrence of liabilites corresponds to gross incurrence of liabilites less gross decrease in liabilites. According to the functional sub-division cross-border financial transactions and positions are classified as Direct investment, Portfolio investment, Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options, Other investment, and Reserve assets. Cross-border financial transactions and positions are further classified by type of instrument and institutional sector. The financial account together with the current and capital accounts forms the Balance of Payments (BoP). The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments (BoP) data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'. 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data collection comprises countries' financial balance sheets: financial assets and liabilities, consolidated and non-consolidated, for all the sectors of the economy and rest of the world. (Tables 710 and 720 of ESA 95 transmission programme). The collection is no longer updated, as countries now compile and provide the data under a new methodological framework, ESA 2010. See collection nasa_10_f_bs,
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsfs_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsfs_q Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Financial transactions in assets and liabilities, consolidated and non-consolidated, for all the sectors of the economy and in relation to rest of the world. (Tables 610 and 620 of ESA 95 transmission programme)
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2fi The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions.First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stayChange of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the yearAll valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year.First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2.EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year.Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing.Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage, length, age and power classes, and by gear categories.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The total number of fishing vessels of EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In general the data refer to the situation of the national fleets on 31 December of the reference year. EU data are extracted from the Community Fishing Fleet Register managed by the Directorate-General for Fisheries and Maritime Affairs, with the data for Iceland and Norway being supplied directly by the national authorities.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      20.1. Source data
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The total tonnage of the fishing fleets of EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. The period covered by this table is that of the transition of measuring the tonnage in Gross Registered Tonnage (GRT) to that in Gross Tonnage (GT). This change which has taken place at different speeds within the national administrations gives rise to the possibility of non-comparability of data over time and, particularly for the earlier period, of non-comparability between countries.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Food Price Monitoring Tool intends to analyse the available data on price developments through the supply chain. The supply chain is a series of economic activities that are performed by different economic actors that contribute to the production and distribution of one consumer product or a group of consumer products. The Food Price Monitoring Tool monitors 15 supply chains. It compares the price indices of four stages of the supply chain:Retail sector: the harmonised index of consumer prices (HICP)Domestic food industry: the domestic producer price index (PPId)Imported products: the import price index based on unit values from international trade in goods statisticsAgricultural commodities: the agricultural commodity prices index (ACP)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Number of persons born abroad, (according to present time borders), whether in other EU Member States or non-EU countries, who are usually resident in the reporting country on 1 January of the respective year.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_watres_r2 Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self-employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)' (see link below in section 'related metadata'). Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • August 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 September, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
  • G
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure inflation as price changes of a representative basket of goods and services typically purchased by households. The G20 CPI aggregate reflects national CPIs for all G20 countries (with the exception of Turkey) that are not part of the European Union (EU) while it reflects the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) for the EU, its Member States and for Turkey. It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year’s relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). The table presents the data for all non-EU countries. The HICP tables for France, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the euro area and European Union can be found under the HICP tables.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator presents the natural gas prices charged to final consumers. Natural gas prices for non-household consumers are defined as follows: Average national price in Euro per Giga Joule (GJ) without taxes applicable for the first semester of each year for medium size industrial consumers (Consumption Band I3 with annual consumption between 10 000 and 100 000 GJ). Natural gas prices for household consumers are defined as follows: Average national price in Euro per GJ including taxes and levies applicable for the first semester of each year for medium size household consumers (Consumption Band D2 with annual consumption between 20 and 200 GJ).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999). 
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999). 
    • Mai 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Mai, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).
    • Mai 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Mai, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data from 1st of December 2019. For most recent GDP data, consult dataset nama_10_gdp. Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure for the economic activity. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The volume index of GDP per capita in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) is expressed in relation to the European Union average set to equal 100. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per head is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that the index, calculated from PPS figures and expressed with respect to EU27_2020 = 100, is intended for cross-country comparisons rather than for temporal comparisons."
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the absolute difference between males and females in the aggregate replacement ratio. The aggregate replacement ratio is defined as the ratio of the median individual gross pensions of 65-74 age category relative to median individual gross earnings of 50-59 age category, excluding other social benefits.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the absolute difference between males and females in the at-risk-of-poverty rate for single-person households.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the absolute difference between males and females in the relative income of elderly people (65 and more) for single-person households.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the absolute difference between males and females in the relative income ratio which is the ratio between the median equivalised disposable income of persons aged 60 (resp. 75) or over and the median equivalised disposable income of persons aged between 0 and 59 (resp. 74).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The gender employment gap is defined as the difference between the employment rates of men and women aged 20-64. The employment rate is calculated by dividing the number of persons aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The gender overall earnings gap is a synthetic indicator. It measures the impact of the three combined factors, namely: (1) the average hourly earnings, (2) the monthly average of the number of hours paid (before any adjustment for part-time work) and (3) the employment rate, on the average earnings of all women of working age - whether employed or not employed - compared to men.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unadjusted Gender Pay Gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. The population consists of all paid employees in enterprises with 10 employees or more in NACE Rev. 2 aggregate B to S (excluding O). The GPG indicator is calculated within the framework of the data collected according to the methodology of the Structure of Earnings Survey.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unadjusted Gender Pay Gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. All employees working in firms with ten or more employees, without restrictions for age and hours worked, are included.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unadjusted gender pay gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. The GPG is calculated on the basis of: - the four-yearly Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) 2002, 2006, 2010, etc., and with the scope as required by the SES regulation,  - national estimates based on national sources for the years between the SES years, from reference year 2007 onwards, with the same coverage as the SES. Data are broken down by economic activity (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community - NACE), economic control (public/private) of the enterprise as well as working time (full-time/part-time) and age (six age groups) of employees. Data are released in February/March on the basis of information provided by national statistical institutes.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unadjusted gender pay gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. The GPG is calculated on the basis of: - the four-yearly Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) 2002, 2006, 2010, etc., and with the scope as required by the SES regulation,  - national estimates based on national sources for the years between the SES years, from reference year 2007 onwards, with the same coverage as the SES. Data are broken down by economic activity (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community - NACE), economic control (public/private) of the enterprise as well as working time (full-time/part-time) and age (six age groups) of employees. Data are released in February/March on the basis of information provided by national statistical institutes.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Public deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net borrowing/lending according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Public deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net borrowing/lending according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The general government deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net lending (+)/net borrowing (-) according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government expenditure by COFOG function and type notified by national authorities in Table 11 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined (in the Maastricht Treaty) as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal (face) value, outstanding at the end of the year in the following categories of government liabilities (as defined in ESA 2010): currency and deposits, debt securities and loans. The general government sector comprises the subsectors: central government, state government, local government and social security funds.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe. Annual government deficit and debt statistics are reported to the European Commission in the framework of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). Government revenue and expenditure, annual and quarterly, are reported by Member States under the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government net borrowing/net lending (deficit/surplus), and general government debt, form two of the convergence criteria for EMU. The following series are as reported in the EDP tables:Deficit/surplus of the general government sector;General government debt;General government gross fixed capital formation;General government primary balanceIntergovernmental lending within the EU and euro area in the context of the financial crisis.  Total general government revenue and total general government expenditure annual series are reported by national authorities in ESA table 2 of the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government deficit/surplus and general government debt quarterly series are reported by national authorities in ESA tables 25 and 28, respectively, of the ESA 95 transmission programme.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The general government gross debt is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal value, outstanding at the end of the year in the following categories of government liabilities (as defined in ESA 2010): currency and deposits (AF.2), debt securities (AF.3), and loans (AF.4). General government sector includes the following subsectors: central government, state government, local government and social security funds. Basic data are expressed in national currency, converted into euro using end-year exchange rates for the euro provided by the European Central Bank (ECB). The debt of the Euro area and EU aggregates is consolidated by removal of the loans that Member States have granted to other Member States. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The changes to government debt relate to the classification of certain entities into government.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      For the purpose of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP) in the Economic and monetary union (EMU), as well as for the Growth and Stability Pact, the current Protocol 12, annexed to the 2012 consolidated version of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, provides a complete definition of government debt: debt means total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. In this context, the stock of government debt in the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP debt) is equal to the sum of liabilities, at the end of year, of all units classified within the general government sector (S.13) in the following categories: AF.2 (currency and deposits) + AF.3 (debt securities) + AF.4 (loans). Basic data are expressed in national currency, converted into euro using end-year exchange rates for the euro provided by the European Central Bank (ECB). The MIP headline indicator is calculated as: [GGDt/GDPt]*100. The indicative threshold is 60% of GDP. The data are expressed in millions of units of national currency and in % of GDP.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment, sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment, sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses by economic activity according to NACE Rev. 2 and year.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses by economic activity according to NACE Rev. 2 and hazardousness.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Waste generated by households (EP-HH) and by waste category (EWC-Stat 4) and hazardousness, latest available year.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses, by waste category (EWC-Stat 4) and year.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses, by waste category (EWC-Stat 4) and hazardousness, latest available year.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste generation has a breakdown in sources (19 business activities according to the NACE classification and household activities) and in waste categories (according to the European Waste Classification for statistical purposes). The information on waste treatment is broken down to five treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment) and in waste categories. All values are measured in tonnes of waste and in kg per capita, based on the annual average of the population. The Member States are free to decide on the data collection methods. The general options are: surveys, administrative sources, statistical estimations or some combination of methods. For the first reference year 2004 Member States could apply for permission not to deliver part of the information: waste generated by agriculture and fishing and waste generated in the services sector. For this reason this information is missing for some of the countries. Previously data on waste was collected on a voluntary basis with the joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on waste.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Gini coefficient is defined as the relationship of cumulative shares of the population arranged according to the level of equivalised disposable income, to the cumulative share of the equivalised total disposable income received by them.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juli 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITFand the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITFand the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport progressed by only 17 % in nearly three decades. It should however be noted that the efficiency of this transport mode made a big step forward since the transport performance was done with a considerably reduced vessel fleet. For some countries, like the Netherlands, it is the second mode of transport after road, and for other countries, it still has a major share of the market.
    • Dezember 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe. Annual government deficit and debt statistics are reported to the European Commission in the framework of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). Government revenue and expenditure, annual and quarterly, are reported by Member States under the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government net borrowing/net lending (deficit/surplus), and general government debt, form two of the convergence criteria for EMU. The following series are as reported in the EDP tables:Deficit/surplus of the general government sector;General government debt;General government gross fixed capital formation;General government primary balanceIntergovernmental lending within the EU and euro area in the context of the financial crisis.  Total general government revenue and total general government expenditure annual series are reported by national authorities in ESA table 2 of the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government deficit/surplus and general government debt quarterly series are reported by national authorities in ESA tables 25 and 28, respectively, of the ESA 95 transmission programme.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.98) includes two categories of expenditures: the value of goods and services produced by general government itself other than own-account capital formation, and purchases by general government of goods and services produced by market producers that are supplied to households - without any transformation - as social transfers in kind. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.98) includes two categories of expenditures: the value of goods and services produced by general government itself other than own-account capital formation, and purchases by general government of goods and services produced by market producers that are supplied to households - without any transformation - as social transfers in kind. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units, Euro per inhabitant and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • November 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the area, production and humidity of maize harvested for grain, as seed or as corn-cob-mix. In particular, grain maize harvested by hand, corn-picker, corn-sheller or combine harvester, regardless of the use, including grain for silage. Also grain harvested together with parts of the cob, but with humidity higher than 20% and used for silage (so called corn-cob-mix, CCM – humidity 30-35%) is included here. Maize harvested green for fodder or for energy use and sweet maize are not included in this table. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even though harvesting may finish in year N+1 (N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat). 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production figures between the Members States the figures have been converted from national humidity degrees into the standard EU humidity (14%).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_an7 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the productions of all grapes; in particular, for wine, for table use and for raisins. This indicator uses the concept of "harvested production" which corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the area, production and humidity of all forms of maize harvested green grown mainly for silage. This includes green maize directly consumed by animals (without silage) and whole cobs (grain, rachis, husk) harvested for feedstuff or silage, as well as for renewable energy production. Maize harvested as grain and corn-cob-mix is excluded. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even though harvesting may finish in year N+1 (N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat). 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production figures between the Members States the figures have been converted from national humidity degrees into the standard EU humidity (65%).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator shows the greenhouse gas emissions of key source categories. A key source category is defined as an emission source category that has a significant influence on a country´s greenhouse gas inventory in terms of the absolute level of emissions, the trend in emissions, or both. The different greenhouse gases are weighted by their global warming potential, and the results are expressed in CO2 equivalents. The European Union (EU) as a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reports annually its greenhouse gas inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. The inventory also constitutes the EU-15 submission under the Kyoto Protocol. The EU greenhouse gas inventory is the most relevant and accurate source of information on greenhouse gas emissions in the EU, and serves to monitor all anthropogenic emissions by sources and removals by sinks of greenhouse gases not controlled by the Montreal Protocol. The inventory contains data on carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national greenhouse gas inventories compiled by the EU Member States.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdcc210´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Environment > Greenhouse Gases/Air Pollution > Greenhouse gas emissions by sector (tsdcc210) tsdcc210´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development indicators > Climate change and energy > Climate change > Greenhouse gas emissions by sector (tsdcc210)
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset includes data on greenhouse gas emissions inventory, as reported to the European Environment Agency (EEA). Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them. The European Union (EU) as a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reports annually its greenhouse gas inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. The inventory contains data on carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF3). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national greenhouse gas inventories compiled by the EU Member States. Values flagged with 'd' have the notation key 'IE' (included elsewhere) in the original dataset published by the EEA. Notation key combinations that include NE (not estimated), as well as values reported with the additional notation key used by EEA ' – ', are reported as missing values in the air_env_gge dataset. All notation keys combinations that include a C (confidential) are flagged as confidential. The notation keys NA and NO are not associated with a flag. EEA notation keys: NO – not occurring. NE – not estimated. NA – not applicable. IE – included elsewhere. C – confidential.
    • Dezember 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset includes data on greenhouse gas emissions inventory, as reported to the European Environment Agency (EEA). Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them. Within the context of emission inventories prepared for annual reporting in relation to the Kyoto Protocol, the measurement of greenhouse gases are confined to anthropogenic (human-induced) emissions that occur on managed lands. Aggregated greenhouse gas emissions from agricultural practices are primarily in the form of nitrous oxide (N2O) resulting from manure management and from the application of fertilisers and manure to soils, or in the form of methane (CH4) that results, among others, from livestock emissions, stored animal manure, or (to a lesser degree) rice cultivation. In contrast there are relatively low levels of carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions resulting from agriculture practices. Enteric fermentation is a natural part of the digestive process for many ruminant animals where anaerobic microbes, decompose and ferment food in the rumen (a special stomach), that are then absorbed by the ruminant.  Because this digestion process is not 100 percent efficient, some of the food energy is lost in the form of methane. Measures to mitigate enteric fermentation would not only reduce emissions, they may also raise animal productivity by increasing digestive efficiency. Nitrous oxide is produced during the manure management and in soils through the processes of nitrification and denitrification. Nitrification is the aerobic microbial oxidation of ammonium to nitrate, and denitrification is the anaerobic microbial reduction of nitrate to nitrogen gas (N2). The indicator is expressed in CO2-equivalents, as different greenhouse gases have different global warming potential. All greenhouse gases have what is called a Global Warming Potential (GWP). This value is used to compare the abilities of different greenhouse gases to trap heat in the atmosphere. GWPs are based on the heat-absorbing ability of each gas relative to that of carbon dioxide (CO2), as well as the decay rate of each gas (the amount removed from the atmosphere over a given number of years). For instance, methane is a significant contributor to the greenhouse effect and has a GWP of 21. This means methane is approximately 21 times more heat-absorptive than carbon dioxide per unit of weight. Nitrous oxide is even 310 times more heat-absorptive than carbon dioxide per unit of weight. Greenhouse gas emissions from fuel combustion in agriculture (e.g. related to the use of farm machinery) and those attributed to land use, land use change and forestry are not included here.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator shows trends in the emissions from transport (road, rail, inland navigation and domestic aviation) of the greenhouse gases regulated by the Kyoto Protocol. Only three gases are relevant in the context of transport (carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide) and these have been aggregated according to their relative global warming potentials. The EU greenhouse gas inventory is the most relevant and accurate source of information on greenhouse gas emissions in the EU, and serves to monitor all anthropogenic emissions by sources and removals by sinks of greenhouse gases not controlled by the Montreal Protocol. The EU inventory is fully consistent with national greenhouse gas inventories compiled by the EU Member States.   The indicator is published by Eurostat as a part of indicator framework (SDI) and belongs to European Environment Agency (EEA). It has been chosen for the assessment of the EU progress towards the targets of the Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdtr410´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development Indicators > Sustainable transport > Transport impacts > Greenhouse gas emissions from transport (tsdtr410)
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures total national emissions of the so called ‘Kyoto basket’ of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), and the so-called F-gases (hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, nitrogen triflouride (NF3) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6)). Using each gas’ individual global warming potential (GWP), they are being integrated into a single indicator expressed in units of CO2 equivalents. Emissions data are submitted annually by the EU Member States as part of the reporting under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). The average population of the reference year (calculated as the arithmetic mean of the population on 1st January of two consecutive years) is used as denominator (per capita). The indicator does not include emissions and removals related to land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF); it does not include emissions reported as a memorandum item according to UNFCCC Guidelines but does include emissions from international aviation as well as indirect CO2 emissions.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_pi64_c National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross national disposable income (ESA 2010, 8.95) is the sum of the gross disposable incomes of the institutional sectors. It is equal to: Gross national income (at market prices) + current transfers receivable by resident units from the rest of the world - current transfers payable to non-resident units from the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e2gdp Gross domestic product - GDP at market prices - is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 1995, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expediture approach is not used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees, taxes on production, less subsidies, gross operating surplus and mixed income of the total economy. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU27 average.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU Member States average.
    • Februar 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e3gdp National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • Juni 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e2gfcfr2 Branch accounts include data on gross value added, compensation of employees, gross fixed capital formation, total employment and number of employees. The legal base for the collection of branch accounts data is the European System of Accounts ESA95. The ESA95 data are sent to Eurostat by the National Statistical Institutes. The units for these variables are: Millions of national currency and millions of Euro for gross value added, compensation of employees and gross fixed capital formation. 1000 persons for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 3 1000 hours worked for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 2 Geographical coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to Nuts 3 level (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON") for the variables gross value added, total employment and number of employees. Compensation of employees, employment in hours worked and gross fixed capital formation are only collected down to Nuts 2 level. For further information about sources and collection methods in the Member States, please refer to National Statistical Institutes (select Services - Links).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124), also known as Investments, consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets. These assets acquired are intended for use in processes of production. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests (ESA 2010, 3.127). Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross national income (at market prices) (ESA 2010, 8.94) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It is equal to: GDP (Gross Domestic Product) + primary income receivable by resident institutional units from the rest of the world - primary incomes payable to the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Gross Nutrient Balance provides an insight into the links between the use of agricultural nutrients, their losses to the environment, and the sustainable use of soil nutrients resources. It consists of the Gross Nitrogen Balance and the Gross Phosphorus Balance and is intended to be an indicator of the potential threat of surplus or deficit of two important soil and plant nutrients in agricultural land. It shows the link between agricultural activities and the environmental impact, identifying the factors determining the nutrients surplus or deficit and the trends over time. Nitrogen (N) and Phosphorus (P) are key elements for plants to grow. A persistent deficit of these nutrients can lead in the long term to soil degradation and erosion. When N and P are however persistently applied in excess, they can cause surface and groundwater (including drinking water) pollution and eutrophication. The Gross Nitrogen Balance also includes Nitrogenous Emissions from livestock production and the application of manure and fertilizers. These nitrogenous emissions include: - Ammonia (NH3) contributing to acidification, eutrophication and atmospheric particulate pollution), and - Nitrous oxide (N2O), a potent greenhouse gas contributing to global warming. The gross nutrient balance is calculated as the balance between inputs and outputs of nutrients to the agricultural soil. A balance per hectare is also presented. The Inputs are: -         Consumption of Fertilizers, -         Gross Input of Manure, and -         Other Inputs. The Outputs are: -         Removal of nutrients with the harvest of Crops, -         Removal of nutrients through the harvest and grazing of Fodder, and -         Crop Residues removed from the field.    The data presented in the table are calculated from basic data from various data sources multiplied with coefficients to derive the nutrient content. The basic data used include the consumption of inorganic and other organic fertilizers (excluding manure) (tonnes), livestock population (1000 heads), manure imports, withdrawals and stock changes (tonnes), crop and fodder production (tonnes), crop residues removed from the field (tonnes), use of seeds and planting materials planted in the soil (tonnes), area of leguminous crops (1000 ha), area of arable land, land under permanent crops and permanent grassland (1000 ha). Countries may have used different types of data sources for these data. For instance some countries use estimates of the livestock population based on data from the Livestock Surveys or they have used other data sources like national registers on livestock. Data sources that are used and are available in Eurostat include:  Crop Production Statistics (production and landuse), Livestock Statistics (livestock numbers), Farm Structure Survey (livestock numbers). Countries have estimated coefficients based on measurements, scientific research, expert judgment, default values etc.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is an indicator of profitability that corresponds to the share of gross operating surplus in turnover. The gross operating surplus is the surplus generated by operating activities after the labour factor input has been recompensed. It can be calculated from the value-added at factor cost less the personnel costs. Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprise of a given sector during the reference period.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Operating surplus is the surplus (or deficit) on production activities before account has been taken of the interest, rents or charges paid or received for the use of assets. Mixed income is the remuneration for the work carried out by the owner (or by members of his family) of an unincorporated enterprise. This is referred to as 'mixed income' since it cannot be distinguished from the entrepreneurial profit of the owner.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross saving (ESA 2010, 8.96) measures the portion of gross national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Gross national saving is the sum of the gross savings of the various institutional sectors. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE A = Agriculture, forestry, fishing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE A = Agriculture, forestry, fishing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE B+C+D+E = Mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supply, water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE C = Manufacturing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE F = Construction. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE G+H+I = Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, transportation and storage, accommodation and food service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE G+H+I = Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, transportation and storage, accommodation and food service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE J = Information and communication. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE K = Financial and insurance activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE L = Real estate activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE M + N = Professional, scientific and technical activities; administrative and support service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE O+P+Q = Public administration and defence, compulsory social security, education, human health and social work activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE O+P+Q = Public administration and defence, compulsory social security, education, human health and social work activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE R+S+T+U = Arts, entertainment and recreation, repair of household goods and other services. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE R+S+T+U = Arts, entertainment and recreation, repair of household goods and other services. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is conceptually close to GDP (Gross domestic product), but unlike GDP available in a breakdown by branch of economic activity. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is conceptually close to GDP (Gross domestic product), but unlike GDP available in a breakdown by branch of economic activity. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e3vab95r2 Branch accounts include data on gross value added, compensation of employees, gross fixed capital formation, total employment and number of employees. The legal base for the collection of branch accounts data is the European System of Accounts ESA95. The ESA95 data are sent to Eurostat by the National Statistical Institutes. The units for these variables are: Millions of national currency and millions of Euro for gross value added, compensation of employees and gross fixed capital formation. 1000 persons for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 3 1000 hours worked for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 2 Geographical coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to Nuts 3 level (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON") for the variables gross value added, total employment and number of employees. Compensation of employees, employment in hours worked and gross fixed capital formation are only collected down to Nuts 2 level. For further information about sources and collection methods in the Member States, please refer to National Statistical Institutes (select Services - Links).
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross value added at basic prices corresponds to the value of output (at basic prices) less the value of intermediate consumption. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The definition of the agricultural industry is based on Division 01 of NACE Rev. 1.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • September 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 September, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
  • H
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who were without work during the reference week, were currently available for work and were either actively seeking work in the past four weeks or had already found a job to start within the next three months.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unemployed persons comprise here persons aged 15 to 24 who were without work during the reference week, were currently available for work and were either actively seeking work in the past four weeks or had already found a job to start within the next three months.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unemployment rate represents unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force based on International Labour Office (ILO) definition. The labour force is the total number of people employed and unemployed. Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who: - are without work during the reference week; - are available to start work within the next two weeks; - and have been actively seeking work in the past four weeks or had already found a job to start within the next three months. Data are presented in seasonally adjusted form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unemployment rate represents unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force based on International Labour Office (ILO) definition, which here refers to the total number of employed and unemployed persons aged 15 to 24. Unemployed persons comprise here persons aged 15 to 24 who: - are without work; - are available to start work within the next two weeks; - and have been actively seeking work in the past four weeks or had already found a job to start within the next three months. Data are presented in seasonally adjusted form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unemployment rate represents unemployed persons, based on International Labour Office (ILO) definition, as a percentage of the labour force, which here refers to the total number of employed and unemployed persons aged 25 to 74. Unemployed persons comprise here persons aged 25 to 74 who: - are without work; - are available to start work within the next two weeks; - and have been actively seeking work in the past four weeks or had already found a job to start within the next three months. Data are presented in seasonally adjusted form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Health care expenditure quantifies the economic resources dedicated to health functions, excluding capital investment. Healthcare expenditure concerns itself primarily with healthcare goods and services that are consumed by resident units, irrespective of where that consumption takes place (it may be in the rest of the world) or who is paying for it. As such, exports of healthcare goods and services (to non-resident units) are excluded, whereas imports of healthcare goods and services for final use are included. Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing scheme (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Healthy life expectancy based on self-perceived health describes how many years a person is expected to live in good perceived health. Indicator combines mortality data with data on self-perceived health (Source: EU-SILC).
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator of healthy life years measures the number of remaining years that a person of specific age (at birth and at 65) is expected to live without any severe or moderate health problems. The indicator is also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). It is a composite indicator that combines mortality data with data referring to a health indicator, such as disability. Healthy life years also monitor health as a productive or economic factor. An increase in healthy life years is one of the main goals for European health policy. And it would not only improve the situation of individuals but also it would result in lower levels of public healthcare expenditure. If healthy life years are increasing more rapidly than life expectancy, it means that people are living longer and free from health problems.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      We know people are living longer. However, do we live longer and better or do we gain only years of life in bad health? The indicator of healthy life years (HLY) measures the number of remaining years that a person of specific age is expected to live without any severe or moderate health problems. The notion of health problem for Eurostat's HLY is reflecting a disability dimension and is based on a self-perceived question which aims to measure the extent of any limitations, for at least six months, because of a health problem that may have affected respondents as regards activities they usually do (the so-called GALI - Global Activity Limitation Instrument foreseen in the annual EU-SILC survey). The indicator is therefor also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). So, HLY is a composite indicator that combines mortality data with health status data. HLY also monitor health as a productive or economic factor. An increase in healthy life years is one of the main goals for European health policy. And it would not only improve the situation of individuals but also result in lower levels of public health care expenditure. If healthy life years are increasing more rapidly than life expectancy, it means that people are living more years in better health. Please note that a revision took place in March 2012: the whole series 2004-2010 were recalculated taking into account:the use of the age at interview for the GALI prevalences instead of the age of the income period (as it is traditionally done for many income and living indicators); differences with the previous calculations on outcomes and trends are minimalthe latest versions of the EU-SILC and Mortality data
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator Healthy Life Years (HLY) at birth measures the number of years that a person at birth is still expected to live in a healthy condition. HLY is a health expectancy indicator which combines information on mortality and morbidity. The data required are the age-specific prevalence (proportions) of the population in healthy and unhealthy conditions and age-specific mortality information. A healthy condition is defined by the absence of limitations in functioning/disability. The indicator is calculated separately for males and females. The indicator is also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). Life expectancy at birth is defined as the mean number of years still to be lived by a person at birth, if subjected throughout the rest of his or her life to the current mortality conditions.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Healthy life years (HLY) at 65 is a composite indicator that measures the number of remaining years that a person aged 65 is expected to live in a healthy condition. It is calculated separately for women and men by combining mortality data from Eurostat's demographic database with data on self-perceived activity limitations from the European Statistics of Income and Living Condition survey. A healthy conditions is defined by the absence of longstanding severe or moderate limitations in usual activities because of a health problem. Longstanding refers to a period of more than 6 months.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Healthy life years (HLY) at 65 is a composite indicator that measures the number of remaining years that a person aged 65 is expected to live in a healthy condition. It is calculated separately for women and men by combining mortality data from Eurostat's demographic database with data on self-perceived activity limitations from the European Statistics of Income and Living Condition survey. A healthy conditions is defined by the absence of longstanding severe or moderate limitations in usual activities because of a health problem. Longstanding refers to a period of more than 6 months.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator Healthy Life Years (HLY) at age 65 measures the number of years that a person at age 65 is still expected to live in a healthy condition. HLY is a health expectancy indicator which combines information on mortality and morbidity. The data required are the age-specific prevalence (proportions) of the population in healthy and unhealthy conditions and age-specific mortality information. A healthy condition is defined by the absence of limitations in functioning/disability. The indicator is calculated separately for males and females. The indicator is also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE).
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator Healthy Life Years (HLY) at birth measures the number of years that a person at birth is still expected to live in a healthy condition. HLY is a health expectancy indicator which combines information on mortality and morbidity. The data required are the age-specific prevalence (proportions) of the population in healthy and unhealthy conditions and age-specific mortality information. A healthy condition is defined by the absence of limitations in functioning/disability. The indicator is calculated separately for males and females. The indicator is also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE).
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      We know people are living longer. However, do we live longer and better or do we gain only years of life in bad health? The indicator of healthy life years (HLY) measures the number of remaining years that a person of specific age is expected to live without any severe or moderate health problems. The notion of health problem for Eurostat's HLY is reflecting a disability dimension and is based on a self-perceived question which aims to measure the extent of any limitations, for at least six months, because of a health problem that may have affected respondents as regards activities they usually do (the so-called GALI - Global Activity Limitation Instrument foreseen in the annual EU-SILC survey). The indicator is therefor also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). So, HLY is a composite indicator that combines mortality data with health status data. HLY also monitor health as a productive or economic factor. An increase in healthy life years is one of the main goals for European health policy. And it would not only improve the situation of individuals but also result in lower levels of public health care expenditure. If healthy life years are increasing more rapidly than life expectancy, it means that people are living more years in better health. Please note that a revision took place in March 2012: the whole series 2004-2010 were recalculated taking into account: the use of the age at interview for the GALI prevalences instead of the age of the income period (as it is traditionally done for many income and living indicators); differences with the previous calculations on outcomes and trends are minimalthe latest versions of the EU-SILC and Mortality data
    • Februar 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nrg_esdgr_a Consumption of energy depends strongly on weather conditions. If the temperature decreases below a certain value, "heating threshold", more energy is consumed due to increased need for space heating. Taking this into account, Eurostat launched a project aiming at the development and implementation of a common method for the climatic correction of final energy consumption for space heating purposes in the 27 Member States of the European Union. Temperature corrected energy consumption data help interpretating energy consumption trends.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICP is used for example by the European Central Bank for monitoring of inflation in the Economic and Monetary Union and for the assessment of inflation convergence as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam. For the U.S. and Japan national consumer price indices are used in the table.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes. The p, e, d and u flags described here do not affect the higher level of aggregation when assigned to a figure.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes. The p, e, d and u flags described here do not affect the higher level of aggregation when assigned to a figure.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes. The p, e, d and u flags described here do not affect the higher level of aggregation when assigned to a figure.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) gives comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which it is produced. It is an economic indicator that measures the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, it is a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a set of definitions as laid down in Regulations and recommendations. In addition, the HICP provides the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. The HICP is available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the euro area, the European Union (EU), and the European Economic Area (EEA), which, in addition to the EU, also covers Iceland and Norway, but not Liechtenstein. The official country-group aggregates reflect the changing country composition of the EA, the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. For analytical purposes Eurostat also computes country-group aggregates with stable country composition over time. For example, the EU28 aggregate shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. The HICP for Serbia and Turkey (candidate countries) are also published. That data are flagged 'd' ('definition differs'). A proxy-HICP for the all-items and main aggregates is available for the USA. National HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs), while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices and rates of change (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around four hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are available, including the HICP at administered prices (HICP-AP). Once a year, with the release of the January data, the relative weights for the indices and the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the European aggregates. The composition of the HICP-AP aggregates, i.e. which sub-indices are classified as mainly or fully administered by each Member State, is also updated at the same time. Eurostat publishes early estimates, called 'HICP flash estimates', of the euro area overall inflation rate and selected components. They are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, and disseminated in a news release, in the database and in a Statistics Explained article. The HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes, such as VAT and excise duties, on the overall inflation (more information). Flags Flags provide information about the 'status' of the data or a specific data value. The following flags are used for the HICP data in the Eurostat online database: p = provisional data: Data is flagged as provisional by the National Statistical Institutes to signal that data are still being treated or validated. The 'p' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. r = revised data. In the case when the most recent figures published differ from previously disseminated data, they are flagged with 'r'. Countries are allowed to revise their HICP figures at any point and, therefore, revised figures may appear in historic data. The 'r' flag remains attached to the HICP data values in question for one month only. e = estimated data. All the figures of the HICP flash estimate are marked with the 'e' flag. d = definition differs, meaning that the national definition of a series differs from the ECOICOP (European Classification of Individual Consumption according to Purpose) definition. It is also used for data values from countries for which conformity with the requirements of the HICP methodology has not yet been evaluated by Eurostat, including candidate countries, pre-candidate countries, new EU Member States and the United States of America. u = unreliable data. Data is flagged as unreliable by the National Statistical Institutes. The p, e, d and u flags described here do not affect the higher level of aggregation when assigned to a figure.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Juli, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Februar, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data refers to the ratio of patent applications made directly to the European Patent Office (EPO) or via the Patent Cooperation Treaty and designating the EPO (Euro-PCT), in the field of high-technology patents per million inhabitants of a region. The definition of high-technology patents uses specific subclasses of the International Patent Classification (IPC) as defined in the trilateral statistical report of the EPO, JPO and USPTO.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Juli 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juli, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Januar 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts78 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The gross saving rate of households (including Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households) is defined as gross saving (ESA2010 code: B8G) divided by gross disposable income (B6G), with the latter being adjusted for the change in in pension entitlements (D8net). Gross saving is the part of the gross disposable income which is not spent as final consumption expenditure. The indicator is based on data from annual non-financial sector accounts. For more information please refer to Eurobase domain nasa_10_nf_tr.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The availability of broadband is measured by the percentage of households that are connectable to an exchange that has been converted to support xDSL-technology, to a cable network upgraded for internet traffic, or to other broadband technologies.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The access of households to internet is measured as percentage of households where any member of the household has the possibility to access the internet from home.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 September, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the percentage of the population living in a household where the total housing costs (net of housing allowances) represent more than 40% of the total disposable household income (net of housing allowances) presented by income quintile.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population deprived of each available housing deprivation items. The items considered are: - Leaking roof, damp walls/floors/foundation, or rot in window frames or floor; - Lack of bath or shower in the dwelling; - Lack of indoor flushing toilet for sole use of the household; - Problems with the dwelling: too dark, not enough light.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 September, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 September, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Human resources in science and technology (HRST) as a share of the active population in the age group 15-74 at the regional NUTS 2 level. The data shows the active population in the age group 15-74 that is classified as HRST (i.e. having successfully completed an education at the third level or being employed in science and technology) as a percentage of total active population aged 15-74. HRST are measured mainly using the concepts and definitions laid down in the Canberra Manual, OECD, Paris, 1995.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2hu The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
  • I
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Juli, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total number of long-term immigrants arriving into the reporting country during the reference year
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows: l
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows: l
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the ratio between energy tax revenues and final energy consumption calculated for a calendar year. Energy tax revenues are measured in euro (deflated) and the final energy consumption as toe (tonnes of oil equivalent)
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the ratio between energy tax revenues and final energy consumption calculated for a calendar year. Energy tax revenues are measured in euro 2010 (deflated with the gross market produck implicit deflator) and the final energy consumption in TOE (tonnes of oil equivalent), therefore the ITR on energy is measured in EUR per TOE.  This is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.  tsdcc360´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and energy > Energy > Energy Statistics Main indicators > Implicit tax rate on energy (tsdcc360)
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The implicit tax rate on employed labour is defined as the sum of all direct and indirect taxes and employees' and employers' social contributions levied on employed labour income divided by the total compensation of employees working in the economic territory increased by taxes on wage bill and payroll. The ITR on labour is calculated for employed labour only (so excluding the tax burden falling on social transfers, including pensions). The implicit tax rate on labour should be seen as a summary measure that approximates an average effective tax burden on labour income in the economy. Source: Structures of the taxation systems in the European Union
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 =100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). Goods are physical, produced items over which ownership rights can be established and whose economic ownership can be passed from one institutional unit to another by engaging in transactions. The product breakdowns available in Newcronos/Euro-indicators are based on aggregates derived from the Broad Economic Categories (BEC) classification and the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade statistics cover any movements of goods between the EU Member States and non-member countries (extra-EU trade), and from one Member State to another (intra-EU trade). 'Goods' means all movable property, including electric current.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The share of the population in work (according to the definition of the most frequent activity status) aged 18 or over with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60% of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_ehh2inc Household accounts include data for individuals or groups of individuals as consumers and possibly as producers of goods for own use as well as non-profit institutions serving households. Data on household accounts include 11 indicators. The most important are primary income and disposable income. Geographic coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to the Nuts 2 level breakdown (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON").
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Indicator A corresponds to the deflated (real) net value added at factor cost of agriculture, per total annual work unit. The implicit price index of GDP is used as deflator.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • September 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 September, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Frequent use: every day or almost every day on average within the last 3 months before the survey. Use includes all locations and methods of access and any purpose (private or work/business related).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Level of basic computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, where the respondent indicates whether he/she has carried out specific tasks related to computer use, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. Six computer-related items were used to group the respondents into levels of computer skills in 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011, 2012 and 2014: copy or move a file or folder; use copy and paste tools to duplicate or move information within a document; use basis arithmetic formula (add, substract, multiply, divide) in a spreadsheet; compress files; connect and install new devices, e.g. a printer or a modem; write a computer program using a specialised programming language. Instead of the item on having connected and installed new devices, the 2005 items included the use of a mouse to launch programs such as an Internet browser or word processor. Low level of basic computer skills: Individuals who have carried out 1 or 2 of the 6 computer-related items. Medium level of basic computer sills: Individuals who have carried out 3 or 4 of the 6 computer-related items. High level of basic computer skills: Individuals who have carried out 5 or 6 of the 6 computer-related items.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      6.1. Reference area
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Level of Internet skills is measured using a self-assessment approach, where the respondent indicates whether he/she has carried out specific tasks related to Internet use, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. Six Internet-related items were used to group the respondents into levels of Internet skills in 2005, 2006, 2007, 2011 and 2013: use a search engine to find information; send an e-mail with attached files; post messages to chatrooms, newsgroups or any online discussion forum; use the Internet to make telephone calls; use peer-to-peer file sharing for exchanging movies, music etc.; create a web page. Low level of basic Internet skills: Individuals who have carried out 1 or 2 of the 6 Internet-related items. Medium level of basic Internet skills: Individuals who have carried out 3 or 4 of the 6 Internet-related items. High level of basic Internet skills: Individuals who have carried out 5 or 6 of the 6 Internet-related items.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regular use: at least once a week (i.e. every day or almost every day or at least once a week but not every day) on average within the last 3 months before the survey. Use includes all locations and methods of access and any purpose (private or work/business related).
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regular users of the internet are persons who use the internet on average at least once a week, every day or almost every day.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Use of mobile devices via mobile or wireless connection: mobile phone (or smart phone), portable computer (e.g. laptop, tablet) or another mobile device (e.g. PDA, e-book reader) away from home or work.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, other than games software.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 3 months before the survey. For private purposes.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 12 months before the survey for private purposes. Derived variable on use of eGovernment services. Individuals used at least one of the following services: for obtaining information from public authorities websites, for downloading official forms, for submitting completed forms.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 12 months before the survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 3 months before the survey. internet banking includes electronic transactions with a bank for payment etc. or for looking up account information.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Buy or order for private use. Within the last 12 months before the survey. Manually typed e-mails are excluded.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Buy or order for private use. Within the last 12 months before the survey. Manually typed e-mails are excluded.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Health-related information: injury, disease, nutrition, improving health, etc. Within the last three months before the survey.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      For instance via auctions. Within the last 3 months before the survey for private purposes. Optional question in 2008.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Uploading self created content (text, images, photos, videos, music etc) to any website to be shared. Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Online content: films, music, electronic books, magazines, newspapers, e-learning material, computer software (incl. Computer and video games and software upgrades). Within the last 12 months before the survey for private use.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many computer related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 1 or 2 of the following activities have been done: copied/moved a file/folder, copy/cut/paste to move information on the screen, used basic arithmetic formulae, compressed/zipped a file, connecting and installing new devices or written a computer program.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Internet skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many internet related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 1 or 2 of the following activities have been done: used search engine, sent mail with attachment, posted messages to chatrooms/newsgroups or online discussion forum, made phone calls, done peer-to-peer file sharing or created a web page.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many computer related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 3 or 4 of the following activities have been done: copied/moved a file/folder, copy/cut/paste to move information on the screen, used basic arithmetic formulae, compressed/zipped a file, connecting and installing new devices or written a computer program.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Internet skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many internet related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 3 or 4 of the following activities have been done: used search engine, sent mail with attachment, posted messages to chatrooms/newsgroups or online discussion forum, made phone calls, done peer-to-peer file sharing or created a web page.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many computer related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 5 or 6 of the following activities have been done: copied/moved a file/folder, copy/cut/paste to move information on the screen, used basic arithmetic formulae, compressed/zipped a file, connecting and installing new devices or written a computer program.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Internet skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many internet related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 5 or 6 of the following activities have been done: used search engine, sent mail with attachment, posted messages to chatrooms/newsgroups or online discussion forum, made phone calls, done peer-to-peer file sharing or created a web page.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Persons who have never used a computer (at home, at work or any other place).
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Individuals who never used the internet - whether at home, at work or from anywhere else and whether for private or professional purposes.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Persons who bought or ordered goods or services (i.e. food, groceries, household goods, films, music, books, magazines, newspapers, clothes, sports goods, computer software or hardware, electronic equipment, shares, financial services, insurances, travel or holiday accommodation, tickets, lotteries or betting and other) over the internet during the last year.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. The model questionnaire changes every year. The changes of questions in the MQ are required by the evolving situation of information and communication technologies. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country or geographical area, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises industrial countries' effective exchange rates. It is produced by the European Commission (DG ECFIN).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country or geographical area, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises industrial countries' effective exchange rates. It is produced by the European Commission (DG ECFIN).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country or geographical area, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises industrial countries' effective exchange rates. It is produced by the European Commission (DG ECFIN).
    • Oktober 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover (in value)*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Januar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Januar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ratio of total income received by the 20% of the population with the highest income (top quintile) to that received by the 20% of the population with the lowest income (lowest quintile). Income must be understood as equivalised disposable income.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ratio of the number of deaths of children under one year of age during the year to the number of live births in that year. The value is expressed per 1 000 live births.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      These are data collected via the annual electricity and heat questionnaire. The variables are: Total capacity (MWe)Capacity by source of electricity production (MWe)Capacity by type of generation in power plants using combustible fuels (MWe)Capacity by type of firing and by type of fuel used in power plants using combustible fuels (MWe) All reported capacities are broken down by type of supplier (main activity producer or auto-producer).  For plants based on combustion of fuels the capacity is further divided by type of technology of the generating plant (steam, internal combustion….), by type of firing and by type of fuels.   Further variables are: Peak load (MWe) the maximum load on an electrical power-supply systemCapacity at peak (MWe)Date and time of peak load occurrence The peak load is the highest simultaneous demand for electricity satisfied during the year. The capacity at time of peak load is the total available net capacity at that time.   Data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on solar collector's surface displays information on the area of solar thermal collectors in thousand square metres.  Data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.
    • April 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: fish_aq2a: Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW. fish_aq2b: Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq3: Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq4a: Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.fish_aq4b: Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.   According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by fish_aq5 data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling aquaculture data as well as quality aspects. This information is currently not published.
    • November 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • November 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Dezember 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Dezember 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • November 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Environmental protection expenditure accounts (EPEA) quantify the resources devoted to the environmental protection by resident economic units. EPEA measure the economic resources devoted to all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution and of any other degradation of the environment. Environmental protection expenditure accounts (EPEA) present the data on expenditure for environmental protection in a way that is compatible with national accounts. EPEA is one of the environmental accounts and it is an integrated part of the European environmental economic accounts published by Eurostat. EPEA datasets consist of country data produced by the Member States, EFTA countries and candidate countries. Estimates at the level of EU28 level are produced by Eurostat on the basis of available data transmitted by Member States and using extrapolation methods in case of missing values.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      International investment position (assets, liabilities and net position); broken down by investment category, financial instruments and by sectors of the economy. Data are presented in millions of Euro/ECU. Geographic coverage: Euro area and EU27 Member States. Data are delivered by ECB.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:Balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,Net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment,International investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments is the statistical statement that systematically summarises transactions between residents and non-residents. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account and the financial account (BPM6 – 2.12). The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows, at a specific point in time, the value and composition of: a) financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets , and b) liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy's external financial assets and liabilities is the economy's net IIP, which may be positive or negative (BPM6 – 7.1). As with the financial account, financial assets and liabilities can be grouped into five functional categories: a) direct investment, b) portfolio investment, c) financial derivatives and employee stock options, d) other investment and e) reserve assets. (BPM6 – 7.12). The data presented are the "Net positions at the end of the period" and the partner is the "rest of world". Source of euro area data: European Central Bank (ECB).
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)  ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)  ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_its_det The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a  economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period and provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account, the capital and the financial account. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), are an important component of the BoP current account, and are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Imports are expressed in value terms and measured cif (cost, insurance, freight). Exports are expressed in value terms and measured fob (free on board). Balance = export - import
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Last internet use: within last 3 months, 12 months before the survey, ever used, never used - whether at home, at work or from anywhere else and whether for private or work/business related purposes.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Culture statistics cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. The international trade in cultural goods is considered as one of the economic dimensions of culture. A specific set of statistics can be built based on international trade data: to make a time series analysis, to estimate the contribution of cultural trade to total international trade of each country or to estimate its contribution to total EU-28 trade. These and many other derived indicators, like the distribution of trade by group of products or by trade partner, enable to measure the relative weight of culture in the whole economy. The international trade in cultural goods covers the import and export values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. "Cultural goods" refer to the particular set of goods and commodities in Combined Nomenclature (CN) classification identified according to criteria set up by ESSnet-culture framework for culture statistics.   New scope for international trade in cultural goods In 2016, for the sake of consistency with the international developments and in particular with the UNESCO statistics, the European scope of international trade in cultural goods was revised by the Working Group 'Culture statsitics' to cover more commodities. Compared to the previous scope that was used for the compilation of statistics until 2015, the following changes have been brought: extension of the category hand-made fabrics with some hand-made ornamental articles;creating a new category with jewellery articles;eExtension of audio-visual categories;split of audio-visual categories on recorded media with music on the one side and film, video and video games on the other side. The two tables on international trade in cultural goods in Eurobase present the data according to the new scope for the period since 2004 onwards (see the Notes at the bottom of this section for data by old and new scope).   Data sourceInternational trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext provides statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around six main dimensions: REPORTERPARTNERFLOWINDICATORPRODUCTTIME The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset. Concerning Time, both annual and monthly data are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes regular revisions to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns.   Cultural goods The frames for establishing the list of cultural goods for the purpose of international trade were set up by ESSnet-culture and UNESCO in their respective frameworks for cultural statistics. In both frameworks the core criterion of the identification of 'cultural' goods is the 'artistic creation' and what the products are conveying in terms of symbolic, artistic and spiritual or aesthetic values. To build the list, the 10 cultural domains as identified by ESSnet-culture (heritage, books and press, visual arts, art craft, performing arts, audio-visual and multimedia, architecture, archives, libraries and advertising) were analysed from 'product perspective'. This analysis enabled the identification of numerous 'cultural' codes which further were aggregated in the following groups (see below): Antiques and collectors' piecesWorks of art (paintings, engravings, sculpture, design etc.)Craft (handmade fabrics and ornamental articles)Jewellery (of precious and semi-precious metals and stones)BooksNewspapers, journals and periodicalsMapsArchitecture plans and drawingsPhotography (developed films)Audio-visual and interactive media (films, videos, video games and consoles)Recorded media with music (gramophone records, magnetic tapes and CDs)Musical instruments Detailed list of codes according to CN composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 2 - International trade in cultural goods by new scope of the present Metadata file. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext database the following indicators are calculated for imports and exports of cultural goods: Trade value in thousands of euro (THS_EUR)Percentage of total national trade (only for total of cultural goods) (PC_TOT)Percentage of total EU-28 trade (PC_EU28)Percentage of total trade of cultural goods (PC)  Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners: Intra EU-28Extra EU-28WorldIndividual countries   Notes The publication "Culture statistics - 2016 edition" (from the "Statistical books" series) was based on the previous scope. The data using the previous scope are still available for the reference years 2002-2015 via the section 'Data' of the Dedicated section. The detailed content of the old scope can be found in the Annex 1 – International trade in cultural goods by old scope to the present document.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Culture statistics cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. The international trade in cultural goods is considered as one of the economic dimensions of culture. A specific set of statistics can be built based on international trade data: to make a time series analysis, to estimate the contribution of cultural trade to total international trade of each country or to estimate its contribution to total EU-28 trade. These and many other derived indicators, like the distribution of trade by group of products or by trade partner, enable to measure the relative weight of culture in the whole economy. The international trade in cultural goods covers the import and export values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. "Cultural goods" refer to the particular set of goods and commodities in Combined Nomenclature (CN) classification identified according to criteria set up by ESSnet-Culture framework for culture statistics.   New scope for international trade in cultural goods In 2016, for the sake of consistency with the international developments and in particular with the UNESCO statistics, the European scope of international trade in cultural goods was revised by the Working Group 'Culture statsitics' to cover more commodities. Compared to the previous scope that was used for the compilation of statistics until 2015, the following changes have been brought: extension of the category hand-made fabrics with some hand-made ornamental articles;creating a new category with jewellery articles;extension of audio-visual categories;split of audio-visual categories on recorded media with music on the one side and film, video and video games on the other side. Two tables on international trade in cultural goods in Eurobase present the data according to the new scope for the period since 2004 onwards (see the Notes at the bottom of this section for data by old and new scope).   Data sourceInternational trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade — Comext. Comext provides statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around six main dimensions: REPORTERPARTNERFLOWTIMEINDICATORPRODUCT The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. Concerning Time, both annual and monthly data are available. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the list of goods by one of the standard product classifications: HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset.   The data in Comext are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes the revisions every year to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Major revisions take place every 5 years and accompany the revision of HS classification. The latest important revision occured in 2017 and impacted two cultural aggregates (see details in Annex 2 below).     Cultural goods The frames for establishing the list of cultural goods for the purpose of international trade were set up by ESSnet-Culture and UNESCO in their respective frameworks for cultural statistics. In both frameworks the core criterion of the identification of 'cultural' goods is the 'artistic creation' and what the products are conveying in terms of symbolic, artistic and spiritual or aesthetic values. To build the list, the 10 cultural domains as identified by ESSnet-culture (heritage, books and press, visual arts, art craft, performing arts, audio-visual and multimedia, architecture, archives, libraries and advertising) were analysed from 'product perspective'. This analysis enabled the identification of numerous 'cultural' codes within seven domains (except archives, libraries and advertising).   Current list of cultural goods reflecting the scope revision (2016) and the changes in the CN in 2017 includes the following product categories: Antiques;Works of art;Craft articles;Jewellery;Books;Newspapers;Maps;Architecture plans and drawings;Photographic plates and films;Recorded media (CDs, DVDs, Blu-rays, magnetic tapes, gramophone records);Video game consoles;Musical instruments.   Detailed list of codes according to CN composing the cultural aggregates can be found in the Annex 2 - International trade in cultural goods by new scope in CN 2017 of the present Metadata file.   Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext database the following indicators are calculated for imports and exports of cultural goods: Trade value in thousands of euro (THS_EUR)Percentage of total national trade (only for total of cultural goods) (PC_TOT)Percentage of total EU-28 trade (PC_EU28)Percentage of total trade of cultural goods (PC)   Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners: Intra EU-28Extra EU-28WorldIndividual countries   Notes The publication "Culture statistics - 2016 edition" (from the "Statistical books" series) was based on the previous scope. The data using the previous scope are still available for the reference years 2002-2015 via the section 'Information on data/International trade in cultural goods of the Culture Dedicated Section. The detailed content of the old scope can be found in the Annex 1 – International trade in cultural goods by old scope to the present document.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Research and experimental development (R) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). R intensity (R expenditures as a percentage of GDP) is an indicator of high political importance at the EU, national and regional levels.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator shows the investment for the total economy, government, business as well as household sectors. The indicator gives the share of GDP that is used for gross investment (rather than being used for e.g. consumption or exports). It is defined as gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) expressed as a percentage of GDP for the government, business and households sectors. GFCF consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals of fixed assets plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by productive activity, such as improvements to land. Fixed assets comprise, for example, dwellings, other buildings and structures (roads, bridges etc.), machinery and equipment, but also intangible assets such as computer software.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator 'involuntary temporary employment' represents employees who could not find permanent job as a percentage of total employees. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by a resident entity (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an entity operating in an economy other than that of the investor (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the investor acquires at least 10% of the equity capital of the enterprise. For this indicator stocks of FDI in the reporting economy are expressed as percentage of GDP to remove the effect of differences in the size of the economies of the reporting countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2it The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
  • J
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The job vacancy rate (JVR) measures the proportion of total posts that are vacant, according to the definition of job vacancy above, expressed as a percentage as follows: JVR = number of job vacancies / (number of occupied posts + number of job vacancies) * 100. Data for Denmark, France, Italy, Malta are available in table jvs_q_nace2.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      With most of the old EU Member States participating in economic and monetary union since 1999, infra-annual economic statistics for the euro area and the European Union as a whole have gained and will continue to gain even more operational importance for collective and private decision-making. The momentum of the EU economies and most notably the euro area economy has to be assessed continuously. The Euro-indicators/PEEIs special topic is exclusively dedicated to infra-annual economic statistics such as consumer prices, national accounts, balance of payments, external trade, industry, energy, trade and services, and the labour market, as well as a selection of monetary and financial indicators of the European Central Bank and business and consumer survey results from the European Commission's Economic and Financial Affairs DG. The pages are updated daily and offer free of charge statistics for the EU and the euro area. The database contains key indicators and an unrivalled volume of mostly harmonised and, above all, uniformly structured and documented national and European series. Data can be extracted online with the help of a new, user-friendly browser and customised extractions can be obtained on request. The alert function helps everybody to keep track of what is going on statistically. Metadata in ESMS format are available for the following collections:Balance of paymentsBusiness and Consumers SurveysConsumer pricesInternational TradeIndustry, Trade and ServicesLabour MarketMonetary and Financial IndicatorsNational Accounts (plus separate metadata for Government Accounts)House price statistics
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain includes national statistics on the number of job vacancies, number of occupied jobs and job vacancy rates in the enterprises belonging to NACE, the European classification of economic activities. NACE Rev. 2 sections A to S and divisions 87 and 88 are covered. Activities of households, and extra-territorial organisations and bodies are excluded. The longest time series are available for the UK (from 2001). All countries are available from 2010, when the JVS regulation came into force. EU aggregates are also avaiable from here. Most countries base their JVS on business surveys. Data are published quarterly, with a flash release around 50 days after the end of the quarter and a news release around 80 days after the end of the quarter.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Job vacancy statistics (JVS) provide information on the level and structure of labour demand. Eurostat publishes quarterly data on the number of job vacancies and the number of occupied posts which are collected under the JVS framework regulation and the two implementing regulations: the implementing regulation on the definition of a job vacancy, the reference dates for data collection, data transmission specifications and feasibility studies, as well as the implementing regulation on seasonal adjustment procedures and quality reports. Eurostat disseminates also the job vacancy rate which is calculated on the basis of the data provided by the countries. Eurostat publishes also the annual data which are calculated on the basis of the quarterly data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 August, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
  • K
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key indicators are generally released in non-seasonally adjusted terms. Only EA/EU aggregate key indicators are also available seasonally adjusted. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes:B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following seasonally adjusted key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only: Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio: (S.11_P51G+S.12_P51G)/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio: S.13_P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio: (S.14_S.15_P51G)/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes: B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators are calculated in real or nominal terms: Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV10_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the ASA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council (new ESA95 transmission programme). The ASA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished in "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. The availability of back data varies according to country. A subset of national key indicators is available in the table "Key indicators" for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), for the euro area and for the EU28. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Physical energy flow accounts (PEFA) is one module of the European environmental-economic accounts - Regulation (EU) 691/2011 Annex VI. PEFA record the flows of energy (in terajoules) from the environment to the economy (natural inputs),within the economy (products), andfrom the economy back to the environment (residuals), using the accounting framework of physical supply and use tables. PEFA provide information on energy flows arranged in a way fully compatible with concepts, principles, and classifications of national accounts – thus enabling integrated analyses of environmental, energy and economic issues e.g. through environmental-economic modelling. PEFA complement the traditional energy statistics, balances and derived indicators which are the main reference data source for EU energy policies. This metadata refers to three PEFA datasets based on one and the same data collection: Energy supply and use by NACE Rev. 2 activity (env_ac_pefasu), containing data on supply (table A), use (table B), transformation use (table B1), end use (table B2) and emission-relevant use (table C)Key indicators of physical energy flow accounts by NACE Rev. 2 activity (env_ac_pefa04)Physical energy flow accounts totals bridging to energy balances totals (env_ac_pefa05)
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
  • L
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes. The labour cost index (LCI) shows the short-term development of the labour cost, the total cost on an hourly basis of employing labour. In other words, the LCI measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor “labour”.  In addition, Eurostat estimates of the annual labour cost per hour in euros are provided for EU Member States as well as the whole EU; they were obtained by combining the four-yearly Labour cost survey (LCS) with the quarterly labour cost index. 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes. The labour cost index (LCI) shows the short-term development of the labour cost, the total cost on an hourly basis of employing labour. In other words, the LCI measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor “labour”.  In addition, Eurostat estimates of the annual labour cost per hour in euros are provided for EU Member States as well as the whole EU; they were obtained by combining the four-yearly Labour cost survey (LCS) with the quarterly labour cost index. 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current base year: 2016) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes. The labour cost index (LCI) shows the short-term development of the labour cost, the total cost on an hourly basis of employing labour. In other words, the LCI measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor “labour”.  In addition, Eurostat estimates of the annual labour cost per hour in euros are provided for EU Member States as well as the whole EU; they were obtained by combining the four-yearly Labour cost survey (LCS) with the quarterly labour cost index. 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current base year: 2016) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes. The labour cost index (LCI) shows the short-term development of the labour cost, the total cost on an hourly basis of employing labour. In other words, the LCI measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor “labour”.  In addition, Eurostat estimates of the annual labour cost per hour in euros are provided for EU Member States as well as the whole EU; they were obtained by combining the four-yearly Labour cost survey (LCS) with the quarterly labour cost index. 
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      With most of the old EU Member States participating in economic and monetary union since 1999, infra-annual economic statistics for the euro area and the European Union as a whole have gained and will continue to gain even more operational importance for collective and private decision-making. The momentum of the EU economies and most notably the euro area economy has to be assessed continuously. The Euro-indicators/PEEIs special topic is exclusively dedicated to infra-annual economic statistics such as consumer prices, national accounts, balance of payments, external trade, industry trade and services, the labour market, as well as a selection of monetary and financial indicators of the European Central Bank and business and consumer survey results from the European Commission's Economic and Financial Affairs DG. The pages are updated daily and offer free of charge statistics for the EU and the euro area. The database contains key indicators and an unrivalled volume of mostly harmonised and, above all, uniformly structured and documented national and European series. Data can be extracted online with the help of a new, user-friendly browser and customised extractions can be obtained on request. The alert function helps everybody to keep track of what is going on statistically. Metadata in ESMS format are available for the following collections: Balance of paymentsBusiness and Consumers SurveysConsumer pricesInternational TradeIndustry, Trade and ServicesLabour MarketMonetary and Financial IndicatorsNational AccountsHouse price statistics
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The labour cost levels are based on the latest Labour Cost Survey (currently 2012) and an extrapolation based on the quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI). The levels are available in euro and national currency. The Labour Cost Survey is a four-yearly survey that collects levels of labour costs at a very detailed level. For the purpose of extrapolating with the LCI, data are only used at a very aggregated level. The quarterly LCI is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table contains data on Average hourly labour costs which are defined as total labour costs divided by the corresponding number of hours worked by the yearly average number of employees, expressed in full-time units." Labour Costs (D) cover Wages and Salaries (D11) and non-wage costs (Employers’ social contributions plus taxes less subsidies: D12+D4-D5)
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table presents 3 indexes showing the development of labour input in the sector of industry (excluding construction): Number of persons employed, the hours worked and the wages and salaries. The number of person employed shows the development of employment in Industry. It can be defined as the total number of persons who work in the observation unit as well as persons who work outside the unit who belong to it and are paid by it. The hours worked show the development in the volume of work. The total number of hours worked represents the aggregate number of hours actually worked for the output of the observation unit during the reference period. The wages and salaries index approximate the development of the wage and salaries bill. Wages and salaries are defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to all persons counted on the payroll (including home workers), in return for work done during the accounting period, regardless of whether it is paid on the basis of working time, output or piecework and whether it is paid regularly. These three indexes are presented for the industrial sector (excluding construction) section B to E of NACE Rev.2 (E37, E38 and E39 not included). The indexes are presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table presents 3 indexes showing the development of labour input in the sector of construction: Number of persons employed, the hours worked and the wages and salaries. The number of person employed shows the development of employment in Construction. It can be defined as the total number of persons who work in the observation unit as well as persons who work outside the unit who belong to it and are paid by it. The hours worked show the development in the volume of work. The total number of hours worked represents the aggregate number of hours actually worked for the output of the observation unit during the reference period. The wages and salaries index approximate the development of the wage and salaries bill. Wages and salaries are defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to all persons counted on the payroll (including home workers), in return for work done during the accounting period, regardless of whether it is paid on the basis of working time, output or piecework and whether it is paid regularly. The construction sector corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F. The indexes are presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator: Infra-annual percentage changes - changes between two consecutive months or quarters - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices) or seasonally adjusted data (value and volume indicators) and year-on-year changes - comparing a period to the same period one year ago - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices and employment) or calendar adjusted data (volume and value indicators). The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      LUCAS is the acronym of Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey. The aim of the LUCAS survey is to gather harmonised information on land use, land cover and environmental parameters. The survey also provides territorial information to analyse the interactions between agriculture, environment and countryside, such as irrigation and land management. Since 2006, EUROSTAT has carried out LUCAS surveys every three years. 2006 data is considered pilot and has not been used to produce estimates. The most recent surveys happened in the spring-summer of 2009, 2012 and 2015. Since the LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A mixed panel approach is used, so some points are visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications. Landscape pictures are taken in the four cardinal directions. A transect of 250m is walked from the point to the east direction, where the surveyor records all transitions of land cover and existing linear features. A specific topsoil module was implemented in 2009, in 2012 (partly) and in 2015. From the LUCAS survey in situ data collection, different types of information are obtained: - Micro data - Images - Statistical tables 1. Micro data Land cover, land use and environmental parameters associated to the single surveyed points are available freely for download in the LUCAS dedicated section. Transect indicators on landscape features related to the sigle point (diversity and richness) are also part of the information available for free download. Specific ad hoc modules have been included in some surveys such as the 2009 and 2015 topsoil samples taken on 10% of total LUCAS points. Soil results for 25 countries are available via the JRC Land resource management unit under license agreement. In 2012 the soil module was implemented in Bulgaria and Romania. The soil samples of the 2015 collection are currently being analysed in laboratories. 2. Images Point and landscape photos taken in the four cardinal directions at each point are available freely by request either via e-mail contact to estat-user-support@ec.europa.eu or by using the online order form. 3. Statistical tables Statistical tables with aggregated results by land cover, land use at geographical level are available in Eurobase under the domain land cover, land use and landscape (LUCAS). The statistics are presented at NUTS0, NUTS1 and NUTS2 levels using the classification for NUTS 2013. These estimates are based on the point data conveniently weighted. For further information on weighting refer to chapter 20.5 Data compilation and Quality Reports.
    • Juli 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juli, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      LUCAS is the acronym of Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey. The aim of the LUCAS survey is to gather harmonised information on land use, land cover and environmental parameters. The survey also provides territorial information to analyse the interactions between agriculture, environment and countryside, such as irrigation and land management. Since 2006, EUROSTAT has carried out LUCAS surveys every three years. 2006 data is considered pilot and has not been used to produce estimates. The most recent surveys happened in the spring-summer of 2009, 2012 and 2015. Since the LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A mixed panel approach is used, so some points are visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications. Landscape pictures are taken in the four cardinal directions. A transect of 250m is walked from the point to the east direction, where the surveyor records all transitions of land cover and existing linear features. A specific topsoil module was implemented in 2009, in 2012 (partly) and in 2015. From the LUCAS survey in situ data collection, different types of information are obtained: - Micro data - Images - Statistical tables 1. Micro data Land cover, land use and environmental parameters associated to the single surveyed points are available freely for download in the LUCAS dedicated section. Transect indicators on landscape features related to the sigle point (diversity and richness) are also part of the information available for free download. Specific ad hoc modules have been included in some surveys such as the 2009 and 2015 topsoil samples taken on 10% of total LUCAS points. Soil results for 25 countries are available via the JRC Land resource management unit under license agreement. In 2012 the soil module was implemented in Bulgaria and Romania. The soil samples of the 2015 collection are currently being analysed in laboratories. 2. Images Point and landscape photos taken in the four cardinal directions at each point are available freely by request either via e-mail contact to estat-user-support@ec.europa.eu or by using the online order form. 3. Statistical tables Statistical tables with aggregated results by land cover, land use at geographical level are available in Eurobase under the domain land cover, land use and landscape (LUCAS). The statistics are presented at NUTS0, NUTS1 and NUTS2 levels using the classification for NUTS 2013. These estimates are based on the point data conveniently weighted. For further information on weighting refer to chapter 20.5 Data compilation and Quality Reports.
    • April 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Oktober 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data:area, production harvested and yield for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);area, production harvested and yield for a large number of fruits and vegetableshumidity of the harvested crop (humidity content in %)agricultural land use. The statistics provide, for a given product, the area, the yield and the production harvested during the crop year at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The data refer to areas under cultivation (expressed in 1 000 hectares), the quantity harvested (expressed in 1 000 tonnes) and the yield (expressed in 100kg/ha). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. It simplified the data collection and reduced the number of crop sub-classes. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States broken down in:17 categories and subcategories for cereals;30 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly Dried pulses, Root crops and Industrial crops);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for fruits;18 categories and subcategories for UAA (Utilised Agricultural Area).For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1 . Some data are available also for Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Albania, Montenegro. Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia, Kosovo (under United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244/99), Bosnia Herzegovina and Turkey as well. Some additional crops are covered bya Gentlemen's agreement. These data is provided on voluntary basis by the Member States. The list of crops collected under the gentlemen's agreements is included in Annex 1. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:agr_r_landuse
    • Juli 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Juli, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      LUCAS is the acronym of Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey. The aim of the LUCAS survey is to gather harmonised information on land use, land cover and environmental parameters. The survey also provides territorial information to analyse the interactions between agriculture, environment and countryside, such as irrigation and land management. Since 2006, EUROSTAT has carried out LUCAS surveys every three years. 2006 data is considered pilot and has not been used to produce estimates. The most recent surveys happened in the spring-summer of 2009, 2012 and 2015. Since the LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A mixed panel approach is used, so some points are visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications. Landscape pictures are taken in the four cardinal directions. A transect of 250m is walked from the point to the east direction, where the surveyor records all transitions of land cover and existing linear features. A specific topsoil module was implemented in 2009, in 2012 (partly) and in 2015. From the LUCAS survey in situ data collection, different types of information are obtained: - Micro data - Images - Statistical tables 1. Micro data Land cover, land use and environmental parameters associated to the single surveyed points are available freely for download in the LUCAS dedicated section. Transect indicators on landscape features related to the sigle point (diversity and richness) are also part of the information available for free download. Specific ad hoc modules have been included in some surveys such as the 2009 and 2015 topsoil samples taken on 10% of total LUCAS points. Soil results for 25 countries are available via the JRC Land resource management unit under license agreement. In 2012 the soil module was implemented in Bulgaria and Romania. The soil samples of the 2015 collection are currently being analysed in laboratories. 2. Images Point and landscape photos taken in the four cardinal directions at each point are available freely by request either via e-mail contact to estat-user-support@ec.europa.eu or by using the online order form. 3. Statistical tables Statistical tables with aggregated results by land cover, land use at geographical level are available in Eurobase under the domain land cover, land use and landscape (LUCAS). The statistics are presented at NUTS0, NUTS1 and NUTS2 levels using the classification for NUTS 2013. These estimates are based on the point data conveniently weighted. For further information on weighting refer to chapter 20.5 Data compilation and Quality Reports.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • November 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 November, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator, expressed in percentage, is defined as the volume of waste landfilled (directly or indirectly) in a country per year divided by the volume of the waste treated in the same year. The data reflect the treatment of national waste and exclude waste that is imported from non-EU countries. Waste taken into account excludes mineral waste from construction and demolition, other mineral wastes, soils and dredging spoils. This exclusion enhances comparability across countries, as mineral waste accounts for high quantities in some countries due to economic activities such as mining and construction. One exception, however, is that the indicator explicitly includes combustion wastes and solidified, stabilised and vitrified wastes, despite them being completely or partly mineral. The indicator is derived from the two-yearly reporting of the countries according to the Waste Statistics Regulation. It covers landfilling of hazardous and non-hazardous waste from all economic sectors and from households, including waste from waste treatment (secondary waste) but excluding most mineral waste, and waste going into pre-treatment activities (like sorting, drying). Disposal on land is defined by disposal codes D1, D5, D12 and labeled ‘deposit onto or into land’ (summarized as code DSP_L in the database). The indicator is based on data compiled according to Annex I of the Waste Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 2150/2002) and the statistical waste nomenclature EWC-Stat set out in Annex III.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • September 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 September, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Februar, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Landscape fragmentation caused by transportation infrastructure and built-up areas has a number of ecological effects. It contributes significantly to the decline and loss of wildlife populations and to the increasing endangerment of species in Europe, for example through the dissection and isolation of populations, and affects the water regime and the recreational quality of landscapes.  Landscape fragmentation is measured in number of meshes per 1000 km² - the effective mesh density. The more barriers fragmenting the landscape, the higher the effective mesh density. The effective mesh size meff expresses the probability that any two points chosen randomly in a region are connected; that is, not separated by barriers such as transport routes or built-up areas. This can be interpreted as the probability that two animals, placed in different locations somewhere in a region, can find each other within the region without having to cross a barrier such as a road, urban area, or major river. Thus, it indicates the ability of animals to move freely in the landscape without encountering such barriers. The more barriers fragmenting the landscape, the lower the probability that the two points are connected, and the lower the effective mesh size. meff is measured in km2.  Fragmentation geometry has been created from input data (TeleAtlas roads/rails, CLC urban classes, mountain areas / mountain ridges based on Nordregio and WorldClim data and rivers/lakes based on Catchment Characterisation and Modelling (CCM) v.2 database and CLC database) and landscape fragmentation metrics (Jaeger 2000) has been calculated. More information can be found here
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_lemon Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Percentage of households who have internet access at home. All forms of internet use are included. The population considered is aged 16 to 74.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities and can materialise as actual government liabilities only if certain specific conditions prevail. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid by their original debtor. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions. It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans (government assets). Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The mean number of years still to be lived by a man or a woman who has reached the age 65, if subjected throughout the rest of his or her life to the current mortality conditions (age-specific probabilities of dying).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The mean number of years that a newborn child can expect to live if subjected throughout his life to the current mortality conditions (age specific probabilities of dying).
    • Dezember 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation to education and training'. Both the numerator and the denominator come from the EU Labour Force Survey. The information collected relates to all education or training whether or not relevant to the respondent's current or possible future job.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Not applicable
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat’s annual data collections on demographic statistics are structured as follows:
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Not applicable
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Not applicable
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Not applicable
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Not applicable
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Live births are the births of children that showed any sign of life
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator provides the number of Livestock Units (LSU) per hectare of utilised agricultural area (UAA) and it is based on data from the Farm Structure Survey (FSS). The LSU is a reference unit which facilitates the aggregation of livestock from various species and ages. The Eurofarm LSU coefficients, which are at the basis of this indicator, are established by convention (originally, they were related to the animals' feed requirements, the reference being a dairy cow with an annual yield of 3000 kg milk, without additional concentrated feeding stuffs). In the interpretation of the livestock density index, the limits of this theoretical unit are to be taken into account. The livestock species aggregated in the LSU total, for the purpose of this indicator, are: equidae, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, poultry and rabbits.  Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus providing a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP).  The Farm Structure Surveys, carried out by Member States, include a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) carried out every 10 years. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base.    The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the EU progress towards the targets of the Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdpc450's table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Agriculture, forestry and fisheries > Agriculture > Farm structure: historical data (1990-2007) >Livestock density index (tsdpc450) tsdpc450's table within the SDI set: Eurobase>Tables on EU policy> Sustainable Development indicators > Sustainable consumption and production > Production patterns >Livestock density index (tsdpc450)
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Long term government bond yields are calculated as monthly averages (non seasonally adjusted data). They refer to central government bond yields on the secondary market, gross of tax, with a residual maturity of around 10 years. The bond or the bonds of the basket have to be replaced regularly to avoid any maturity drift. This definition is used in the convergence criteria of the Economic and Monetary Union for long-term interest rates, as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and the Protocol on the convergence criteria. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The long-term unemployment rate expresses the number of long-term unemployed aged 15-74 as a percentage of the active population of the same age. Long-term unemployed (12 months and more) comprise persons aged at least 15, who are not living in collective households, who will be without work during the next two weeks, who would be available to start work within the next two weeks and who are seeking work (have actively sought employment at some time during the previous four weeks or are not seeking a job because they have already found a job to start later). The total active population (labour force) is the total number of the employed and unemployed population. The duration of unemployment is defined as the duration of a search for a job or as the period of time since the last job was held (if this period is shorter than the duration of the search for a job). The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Long-term unemployed (12 months and more) comprise persons aged at least 15, who are not living in collective households, who will be without work during the next two weeks, who would be available to start work within the next two weeks and who are seeking work (have actively sought employment at some time during the previous four weeks or are not seeking a job because they have already found a job to start later). The total active population (labour force) is the total number of the employed and unemployed population. The duration of unemployment is defined as the duration of a search for a job or as the period of time since the last job was held (if this period is shorter than the duration of the search for a job).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • August 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 August, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table.
    • August 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 August, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table.
    • Oktober 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table.
    • August 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 August, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table. 
    • August 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 August, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table.
  • M
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups:candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: Balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,Net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment,International investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Juni 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Detailed tax and social contribution receipts by type of tax or social contribution and by sub-sector of general government, notified by national authorities in line with Table 0900 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in euro/ECU, national currency units and as percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Norway, Switzerland and Iceland. Main sources of data: National authorities.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on manure storage facilities are gathered through the Farm Structure Surveys (FSS) conducted by Member States accordingly to the specific community legislation. The variables presented in this table are the following: Holdings with manure storage facilitiesHoldings with storage facilities for solid dung Holdings with storage facilities for liquid manure Holdings with storage facilities for slurry Holdings with storage facilities for slurry: tank Holdings with storage facilities for slurry: lagoon Holdings with covered storage facilities for solid dung Holdings with covered storage facilities for liquid manure Holdings with covered storage facilities for slurry 
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • August 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 September, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • August 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 September, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the port level in the frame of Council Directive 2009/42/EC (6.5.2009). They are aggregated at regional level (NUTS 1 and NUTS 2) and also at national level (NUTS0), excluding double counting within each region.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the port level in the frame of Council Directive 2009/42/EC (6.5.2009). They are aggregated at regional level (NUTS 1 and NUTS 2) and also at national level (NUTS0), excluding double counting within each region.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • März 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection:Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.  Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.  Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).  Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).  Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.   Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.   Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).   Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).   Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.   Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.   Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).   Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).   Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets:Material flow accounts in raw material equivalents - modelling estimates (env_ac_rme)Material flow accounts in raw material equivalents by final uses of products - modelling estimates (env_ac_rmefd) provide model-based estimates, for the aggregate EU economy only, of material flow accounts in raw material equivelents (MFA-RME) to complement the dataset ´Material flow accounts' (env_ac_mfa), also referred to as economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA). Both EW-MFA and MFA-RME present the flows of natural resources (minerals, metal ores, biomass, fossil energy materials) from the environment into the economy. Both include domestic extraction of materials measured in tonnes of gross material (e.g. gross ore or gross harvest). However, in EW-MFA imports and exports are measured in mass weight of the products as they cross country borders. For the derived indicators this implies that they combine data with different underlying measurement concepts. The MFA-RME dataset offers a complementary view by replacing the material trade flows in mass weight by estimates of the raw material equivalents of the products traded, i.e. how much extraction, domestic and abroad, was needed to produce the traded products. And by extension, the indicator raw material consumption (RMC) shows the amount of extraction required to produce the products demanded by final users in the EU-28, irrespective of where in the world the extraction of material from the environment took place.  The MFA-RME dataset (env_ac_rme) includes:domestic material extraction by material, directly taken from the EW-MFA dataset (env_ac_mfa), see also Section 15.3 and 17.2 below,estimates of the imports and exports in raw material equivalents (RME) by materialderived indicators, namely raw material input (RMI) and raw material consumption (RMC), by material, see also Section 3.2 below.   The MFA-RME dataset by final uses of products (env_ac_rmefd) presents RMC in more detail by:materialfinal productsfinal uses (representing subcategories of RMC) The two MFA-RME datasets are compiled using the same model and are fully consistent.    For more information on the complete set of material flow accounts see also the dedicated website on material flows and resource productivity.
    • September 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 September, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets: Material flow accounts in raw material equivalents - modelling estimates (env_ac_rme)Material flow accounts in raw material equivalents by final uses of products - modelling estimates (env_ac_rmefd) provide model-based estimates, for the aggregate EU economy only, of material flow accounts in raw material equivelents (MFA-RME) to complement the dataset ´Material flow accounts' (env_ac_mfa), also referred to as economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA). Both EW-MFA and MFA-RME present the flows of natural resources (minerals, metal ores, biomass, fossil energy materials) from the environment into the economy. Both include domestic extraction of materials measured in tonnes of gross material (e.g. gross ore or gross harvest). However, in EW-MFA imports and exports are measured in mass weight of the products as they cross country borders. For the derived indicators this implies that they combine data with different underlying measurement concepts. The MFA-RME dataset offers a complementary view by replacing the material trade flows in mass weight by estimates of the raw material equivalents of the products traded, i.e. how much extraction, domestic and abroad, was needed to produce the traded products. And by extension, the indicator raw material consumption (RMC) shows the amount of extraction required to produce the products demanded by final users in the EU-28, irrespective of where in the world the extraction of material from the environment took place.  The MFA-RME dataset (env_ac_rme) includes: domestic material extraction by material, directly taken from the EW-MFA dataset (env_ac_mfa), see also Section 15.3 and 17.2 below,estimates of the imports and exports in raw material equivalents (RME) by materialderived indicators, namely raw material input (RMI) and raw material consumption (RMC), by material, see also Section 3.2 below.   The MFA-RME dataset by final uses of products (env_ac_rmefd) presents RMC in more detail by: materialfinal productsfinal uses (representing subcategories of RMC) The two MFA-RME datasets are compiled using the same model and are fully consistent.    For more information on the complete set of material flow accounts see also the dedicated website on material flows and resource productivity.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Februar 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Statistics included in the section Cultural expenditure comprise the data which are derived from two various sources: Household Budget Survey (HBS) and Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP). Therefore the coverage and periodicity of statistics in this section depends on these primary sources. In culture statistics, individuals and households' expenditure on cultural goods and services can be considered as a proxy of the participation in culture; data on private expenditure give the key to complete the analysis of data coming from other sources (e.g. dedicated surveys on cultural participation like EU-SILC ad hoc module on social and cultural participation). This dimension allows a better understanding of the private financing of culture and in some way - access to culture. Moreover, the cultural consumption patterns of households can be put in larger context what enables to assess the weight of private expenditure on cultural goods relative to the total household expenditure.  Two types of data are currently available in Eurostat: households' expenditure on cultural goods and services (from HBS)harmonised indices of consumer prices (HICP) for main cultural goods and services (from HICP) The use of data on cultural expenditure was made possible thanks to the EU framework for culture statistics (the ESSnet-Culture final report 2012) that identified cultural activities (e.g. reading books and newspapers, listening to the music, playing video games, singing, dancing etc.). Starting from the list of activities, the corresponding goods and services were then spotted in the COICOP classification used in the Household Budget Survey (HBS). The HBS monitor the households’ expenditure on articles and services such as food, beverages, clothing, housing, water, electricity, health, transport, communication, education and travel.  In addition, it gathers the information on income, possession of consumer durable goods and cars; basic information on housing and many demographic and socio-economic characteristics. In HBS, the data can be expressed in national currencies, EUR and in PPS. The data on cultural expenditure are presented in PPS for selected cultural codes and for cultural aggregate. For further information on methodology of HBS survey, please consult the HBS metadata. As private expenditure is influenced, among others, by the prices level and structure, data on private expenditure on selected cultural goods and services can be completed by statistical information from the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP). HICPs give comparable measures of inflation, tracking over time the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. They use the COICOP classification categories for consumption. For further information on methodology of HICP, please consult the HICP metadata
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Statistics included in the section Cultural expenditure comprise the data which are derived from two various sources: Household Budget Survey (HBS) and Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP). Therefore the coverage and periodicity of statistics in this section depends on these primary sources. In culture statistics, individuals and households' expenditure on cultural goods and services can be considered as a proxy of the participation in culture; data on private expenditure give the key to complete the analysis of data coming from other sources (e.g. dedicated surveys on cultural participation like EU-SILC ad hoc module on social and cultural participation). This dimension allows a better understanding of the private financing of culture and in some way - access to culture. Moreover, the cultural consumption patterns of households can be put in larger context what enables to assess the weight of private expenditure on cultural goods relative to the total household expenditure.  Two types of data are currently available in Eurostat: households' expenditure on cultural goods and services (from HBS)harmonised indices of consumer prices (HICP) for main cultural goods and services (from HICP) The use of data on cultural expenditure was made possible thanks to the EU framework for culture statistics (the ESSnet-Culture final report 2012) that identified cultural activities (e.g. reading books and newspapers, listening to the music, playing video games, singing, dancing etc.). Starting from the list of activities, the corresponding goods and services were then spotted in the COICOP classification used in the Household Budget Survey (HBS). The HBS monitor the households’ expenditure on articles and services such as food, beverages, clothing, housing, water, electricity, health, transport, communication, education and travel.  In addition, it gathers the information on income, possession of consumer durable goods and cars; basic information on housing and many demographic and socio-economic characteristics. In HBS, the data can be expressed in national currencies, EUR and in PPS. The data on cultural expenditure are presented in PPS for selected cultural codes and for cultural aggregate. For further information on methodology of HBS survey, please consult the HBS metadata. As private expenditure is influenced, among others, by the prices level and structure, data on private expenditure on selected cultural goods and services can be completed by statistical information from the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP). HICPs give comparable measures of inflation, tracking over time the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. They use the COICOP classification categories for consumption. For further information on methodology of HICP, please consult the HICP metadata
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's sport statistics reflect the multidisciplinary nature of sport. The data are derived from already existing EU surveys, as there has been so far no specific data collection devoted only to sport at EU level. Data on private expenditure on sport relate to households' expenditure on sporting goods and services. Those data are complemented by EU-28 harmonised indices of consumer prices (HICP) for main sporting goods and services (2005 = 100) Household expenditure statistics on sporting goods and services provide an overview of the consumption patterns of households and assess the weight of private expenditure on sporting goods relative to the total household expenditure. These statistics are extracted and then compiled from the 2010 Household budget survey (HBS). As private expenditure is influenced, among the others, by the prices level and structure,  data on private expenditure on sporting goods and services can be completed by statistical information on the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Dezember 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Dezember 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES:Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders:Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the median of the distribution of the share of total housing costs (net of housing allowances) in the total disposable household income (net of housing allowances) presented by age group.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the median of the distribution of the share of total housing costs (net of housing allowances) in the total disposable household income (net of housing allowances) presented by poverty status.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the median of the distribution of the share of total housing costs (net of housing allowances) in the total disposable household income (net of housing allowances) presented by sex.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the ratio between the median equivalised disposable income of persons aged 65 or over and the median equivalised disposable income of persons aged between 0 and 64.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the ratio of the median equivalised disposable income of persons aged 60 and over to the median equivalised disposable income of persons aged between 0 and 59.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Januar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Januar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property including electricity. ‘European’ means that the statistics are compiled on the basis of the concepts and definitions set out in EU legislation. ‘National’ statistics, i.e. statistics published at national level by the Member States, are compiled on the basis of national rules which may differ from EU rules. European ITGS are the official harmonised source of information about exports, imports and the trade balances of the EU, its Member States and the euro area.   Type of users and requirements As international trade forms a major part of the world economy, statistics on trade in goods are an instrument of primary importance for numerous public and private sector decision makers. For example, international trade statistics • enable EU authorities to prepare multilateral and bilateral negotiations under the common commercial policy; • enable EU authorities to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and the integration of EU economies; • enable EU authorities to define and implement anti-dumping policies; • constitute an essential source of information for balance of payments statistics, national accounts and economic studies; and • help EU businesses conduct market research and define their commercial strategy. Statistics satisfy these needs in a variety of ways. Users may need either annual aggregated or detailed monthly data on products or partner countries. They may be interested in trade values in current prices or at constant prices. Alternatively, their interest may be in quantities rather than in values. These examples, which are far from exhaustive, show the diversity of users and their requirements. Eurostat tries to meet these various needs and to adapt to a changing environment, such as changes due to globalisation.   Extrastat and Intrastat: two data collection systems Traditionally ITGS are based on the data collected by customs authorities on trade transactions between countries. Customs declarations are used for statistical purposes as the basic data source which provides detailed information on exports and imports of goods with a geographical breakdown. The first piece of EU legislation on ITGS was adopted in 1975; it provided general guidelines on data collection and obliged Member States to send their data to Eurostat. The advent of the Single Market on 1 January 1993, with its removal of customs formalities between Member States and subsequent loss of trade statistics data sources, required the establishment of a new data collection system: Intrastat.. Since then ITGS are based on two data collection systems: Extrastat and Intrastat. Extrastat data on trade in goods with non-EU countries are collected by customs authorities and are based on the records of trade transactions in customs declarations, whereas Intrastat data are directly collected from intra-EU trade operators once a month. Alternative data sources may be used for some specific goods and movements like for among with ships, aircraft, gas and electricity.   Aggregated versus detailed data International trade in goods statistics are published through different datasets grouped into two categories:Aggregated data which refer to macroeconomic indicators for the EU and euro area. Data are aggregated by broad product categories, both monthly (short-term indicators) and annually (long-term indicators). Broad product categories are defined as one-digit codes of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) or aggregates of the Broad Economic Categories (BEC); andDetailed data which refer to the most detailed level of the following product nomenclatures: the Combined Nomenclature (CN), the SITC, the BEC, the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA) and the Standard Goods Classification for Transport Statistics/Revised (NSTR). Detailed data also contain aggregations at higher levels.   Statistical dimensions The frequency at which the data are compiled (data periodicity) and the product nomenclature differ depending on the dataset, but the following statistical fields are always available:reporting country: country or geo-economic area such as EU or euro area;reference period: month and/or year;trade flows: import and export;product according to the relevant classification; andpartner country: EU Member State, non-EU country or geo-economic area. Besides the dimensions listed above, specific datasets contain information on the mode of transport (e.g. by sea, by air or by road) or the statistical procedure (normal trade versus trade for processing activities).
    • Juli 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the percentage share of each mode of transport in total inland transport expressed in tonne-kilometres (tkm). It includes transport by road, rail and inland waterways. Road transport is based on all movements of vehicles registered in the reporting country. Rail and Inland waterways transport is generally based on movements on national territory, regardless of the nationality of the vehicle or vessel, but there are some variations in definitions from country to country.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the percentage of each inland mode in total freight transport performance measured in tonne-kilometres. Inland freight transport modes include road, rail and inland waterways. Data on freight transport performance (in tonne-kilometres) are collected according to the legal acts adopted for road, rail and inland waterways transport: - Rail and inland waterways transport are based on movements on national territory (‘territoriality principle'), regardless of the nationality of the vehicle or vessel. - Road transport is based on all movements of vehicles registered in the reporting country. Thus road freight transport, and particularly the part of international transport, needs to be ‘territorialised’ as it is reported by the countries on the basis of the nationality of the haulier, not on the basis of where the transport was carried out. This redistribution involves modelling the likely journey itinerary and projecting it on the European road network and it is computed by Eurostat with the help of a distance matrix tool. The indicator is updated annually.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the percentage share of each mode of transport in total inland transport, expressed in passenger-kilometres (pkm). It is based on transport by passenger cars, buses and coaches, and trains. All data should be based on movements on national territory, regardless of the nationality of the vehicle. However, the data collection methodology is not harmonised at the EU level.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Day-to-day money market interest rates: averages for the euro area (EONIA= Euro OverNight Index Average), national series for EU countries outside of euro area, and other national series (Turkey, US, Japan). 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month interest rates: averages for the euro area (EURIBOR), and national series for EU countries outside of euro area.  3-month interest rates are also available for the US and Japan.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Day-to-day money market interest rates: averages for the euro area (EONIA= Euro OverNight Index Average), EU27 (theoretical aggregate), and national series (TR, US, JP). 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month interest rates: averages for the euro area (EURIBOR) and EU27 (theoretical aggregate). 3-month interest rates are also available for the US and Japan.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Day-to-day money market interest rates: averages for the euro area (EONIA= Euro OverNight Index Average), EU27 (theoretical aggregate), and national series (TR, US, JP). 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month interest rates: averages for the euro area (EURIBOR) and EU27 (theoretical aggregate). 3-month interest rates are also available for the US and Japan.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_mw_avgr2 The basic national minimum wage is fixed at an hourly, weekly or monthly rate, and this minimum wage is enforced by law (the government), often after consultation with the social partners, or directly by national intersectoral agreement. The national minimum wage usually applies to all employees, or at least to a large majority of employees in the country. Gross wages are reported. Information is available on:Monthly minimum wages in euro, Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) and, for non euro area countries, national currencies.Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in the business economy and in industry, construction and services (except activities of households as employers and extra-territorial organisations and bodies) (Nace Rev. 2, data from 2008 onwards).Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in industry and services (NACE Rev. 1.1, data 1999-2009). Minimum wage statistics published by Eurostat refer to monthly national minimum wages. For countries where the national minimum wage is not set monthly (e.g. hourly or weekly) the rates are converted into monthly rates (see also 20.6). The data collection excludes countries which do not have a national minimum wage (see 3.7 for details).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unit: Cars per 1 000 inhabitants. This indicator is defined as the number of passenger cars per 1 000 inhabitants. A passenger car is a road motor vehicle, other than a motorcycle, intended for the carriage of passengers and designed to seat no more than nine persons (including the driver); the term "passenger car" therefore covers microcars (need no permit to be driven), taxis and hired passenger cars, provided that they have fewer than 10 seats; this category may also include pick-ups. For more information click here.
    • Mai 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juni, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • September 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 September, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • September 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 September, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Mai 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juni, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on “Regional municipal waste collection and treatment” collected biennially by means of the REQ – Regional environmental questionnaire Data aggregation: regional data on NUTS2 level.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Municipal waste is mainly produced by households, similar wastes from sources such as commerce, offices and public institutions are included. The amount of municipal waste generated consists of waste collected by or on behalf of municipal authorities and disposed of through the waste management system. The amount of municipal waste treatment is reported for the treatment operations incineration (with and without energy recovery), recycling, composting and landfilling. Data are available in thousand tonnes and kilograms per person. Wastes from agriculture and from industries are not included. For further detail on the definition please refer to section 3.4. The Sustainable Development Indicator on municipal waste is expressed in kilograms per person.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
  • N
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. Respectively the net international investment position (NIIP) provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of the country. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed in percent of GDP. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics. These data are quaterly reported by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the Sixth Edition of the IMF's Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6). The indicative threshold is -35%. The MIP scoreboard indicator is calculated as: [NIIPt/GDPt]*100.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Net lending/borrowing of a country corresponds to the sum of total current and capital accounts’ balances in balance of payments. It represents the net resources that the total economy makes available to the rest of the world (if it is positive) or receives from the rest of the world (if it is negative). In another words when the variable is positive (meaning that it shows a financing capacity), it should be called net lending (+); when it is negative (meaning that it shows a borrowing need), it should be called net borrowing (–). The net lending (+) or borrowing (–) of the total economy is equal but of opposite sign to the net borrowing (–) or lending (+) of the rest of the world. The MIP scoreboard indicator is expressed in percentage of GDP and in million of national currency, and calculated as: (CAB+CAK)*100/GDP . The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Net lending/borrowing of a country corresponds to the sum of total current and capital accounts’ balances in the Balance of Payments. It represents the net resources that the total economy makes available to the rest of the world (if it is positive) or receives from the rest of the world (if it is negative). In another words when the variable is positive (meaning that it shows a financing capacity), it should be called net lending (+); when it is negative (meaning that it shows a borrowing need), it should be called net borrowing (–). The net lending (+) or borrowing (–) of the total economy is equal but of opposite sign to the net borrowing (–) or lending (+) of the rest of the world. The MIP scoreboard indicator is expressed in percentage of GDP and in million of national currency, and calculated as: (CAB+CAK)%GDP=(CAB+CAK)*100/GDP . The indicator is based on the Balance of Payments data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States. Starting from October 2014 definitions are based on the IMF's Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross national income (at market prices) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units in return for some engagement in productive activity: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It corresponds to the better known GDP minus primary income payable by resident units to non-resident units, plus primary income receivable by resident units from the rest of the world. Net national income equals gross national income after deduction of the consumption of fixed capital. The indicator is derived from annual non-financial sector account data. For more information see nasa_esms.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2nl The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment. Coastal areas include municipalities (LAU-2) bordering the sea or having half of their territory within 10km from the coastline.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest / tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unit labour cost (ULC) is defined as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. Nominal ULC (NULC) = (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO) with D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The NEER (Nominal Effective Exchange Rate) is the weighted average of bilateral nominal exchange rates against the currencies of selected trading partners. The data are expresed as % change over 3 years, and % change over 1 year. Data source: Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Nominal Effective Exchange Rate is the weighted average of bilateral nominal exchange rates against the currencies of selected trading partners. The data are expressed as 3 years % change, and 1 year % change. Data source: Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN).
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the ASA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council (new ESA95 transmission programme). The ASA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished in "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. The availability of back data varies according to country. A subset of national key indicators is available in the table "Key indicators" for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), for the euro area and for the EU28. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This derived indicator compares remuneration (compensation per employee in current prices) and productivity (gross domestic product (GDP) in volumes per employment) to show how the remuneration of employees is related to the productivity of their labour. It is the relationship between how much each "worker" is paid and the value he/she produces by their work. Its growth rate is intended to give an impression of the dynamics of the participation of the production factor labour in output value created. Please note that the variables used in the numerator (compensation, employees) refer to employed labour only, while those in the denominator (GDP, employment) refer to all labour, including self-employed.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes:B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only: Gross disposable income of households in real terms (B6G, percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio: (S.11_P51G+S.12_P51G)/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio: S.13_P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio: (S.14_S.15_P51G)/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes: B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators are calculated in real or nominal terms: Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV10_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2no The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • September 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste generation has a breakdown in sources (19 business activities according to the NACE classification and household activities) and in waste categories (according to the European Waste Classification for statistical purposes). The information on waste treatment is broken down to five treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment) and in waste categories. All values are measured in tonnes of waste and in kg per capita, based on the annual average of the population. The Member States are free to decide on the data collection methods. The general options are: surveys, administrative sources, statistical estimations or some combination of methods. For the first reference year 2004 Member States could apply for permission not to deliver part of the information: waste generated by agriculture and fishing and waste generated in the services sector. For this reason this information is missing for some of the countries. Previously data on waste was collected on a voluntary basis with the joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on waste.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Januar 2012
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      A tourist accommodation establishment is defined as any facility that regularly or occasionally provides short-term accommodation for tourists as a paid service (although the price might be partially or fully subsidised). Data is reported at the level of a local kind-of-activity unit. The number of bed places in a tourist accommodation establishment is determined by the number of persons who can stay overnight in the beds set up in the establishment, ignoring any extra beds that may be set up upon customer request. The term bed place applies to a single bed; a double bed is counted as two bed places. Coastal areas include municipalities (LAU-2) bordering the sea or having half of their territory within 10km from the coastline.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      A tourist accommodation establishment is defined as any facility that regularly or occasionally provides short-term accommodation for tourists as a paid service (although the price might be partially or fully subsidised). Data is reported at the level of a local kind-of-activity unit. The number of bed places in a tourist accommodation establishment is determined by the number of persons who can stay overnight in the beds set up in the establishment, ignoring any extra beds that may be set up upon customer request. The term bed place applies to a single bed; a double bed is counted as two bed places.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • August 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are provided by economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates) FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Juni 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2014 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data. The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for countries (where applicable) and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator covers the number of enterprises active during at least part of the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Juni, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the average number of persons living in private households. Private households are either a one-person household or a multi-person household, i.e. a group of two or more persons who jointly occupy the whole part or part of a housing unit and who provide themselves with food and possibly other essentials for living.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Juni, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r04stu Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
  • O
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the area, production and humidity of oats and spring cereal mixtures: oats and other cereals sown in the spring and grown as mixtures and harvested as dry grain, including seed. Cereal grains harvested just before maturity are also included in this table. Cereals harvested green or yellow as whole plant for fodder or renewable energy use are not included in this table. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even though harvesting may finish in year N+1 (N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat). 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production figures between the Members States the figures have been converted from national humidity degrees into the standard EU humidity (14%).
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society 2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT security and trust,access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Juli 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • September 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Official development assistance (ODA) consists of grants or loans that are undertaken by the official sector with the objective of promoting economic development and welfare in recipient countries. Disbursements record the actual international transfer of financial resources, or of goods or services valued at the cost of the donor. ODA is here presented as a share of Gross National Income (GNI). GNI at market prices equals Gross Domestic Product (GDP) minus primary income payable by resident units to non-resident units, plus primary income receivable by resident units from the rest of the world. The EU made a commitment to collectively reach official development assistance of 0.7% of GNI by 2015 and of 0.56% of GNI as an intermediate target by 2010. The list of countries and territories eligible to receive ODA is determined by the OECD’s Development Assistance Committee (DAC).
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monthly oil stocks collection covers the supply of crude oil and petroleum products to the Community. It covers stocks in the following locations: refinery tanks, bulk terminals, pipeline tankage, barges and intercostal tankers (when port of departure and destination are in the same country), tankers in a port of a member country (if their cargo is to be discharged at the port), inland ship bunkers. Exclude military stocks, stocks held in pipelines, in rail tanks cars, in truck tanks cars, in sea-going ships' bunkers, in service stations, in retail stores and in tankers at sea. Two main types of stockholding obligations are existing: •           Emergency stocks, where all Member States are obliged to keep a certain volume of crude oil and petroleum products, based on the annual level of net imports or the annual level of consumption (specifically for producers). •           Specific stocks, where Member States may undertake a commitment to maintain a certain volume of petroleum products, owned by the Government or the Central Stockholding Entity. Monthly oil stocks data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, from 2013 onwards.   
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is the ratio between the number of persons aged 65 and over (age when they are generally economically inactive) and the number of persons aged between 15 and 64. The value is expressed per 100 persons of working age (15-64).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the productions of olives for olive oil and for table use. This indicator uses the concept of "harvested production" which corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_orange The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The area which fulfills all the conditions of production established in Council Regulation (EC) No 834/2007 can be considered to be organic. The detailed rules for the implementation of this Regulation are laid down in Commission Regulation (EC) No 889/2008.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Organic farming can be defined as a method of production which places the highest emphasis on environmental protection and, with regard to livestock production, on animal welfare considerations. It avoids or largely reduces the use of synthetic chemical inputs such as fertilisers, pesticides, additives and medicinal products. The production of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) and their use in animal feed are forbidden. It is as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Organic farming differs from other agricultural production methods in the application of regulated standards (production rules), compulsory control schemes and a specific labelling scheme. The collected statistics cover the following data: The number of operators such as producers (agricultural holdings, aquaculture production units), processors, importers, exporters and other operators (wholesalers, retailers, etc.)Crop area under organic production (fully converted area) and under conversionOrganic crop production (production from fully converted area)Number of organic livestock and aquaculture productionOrganic products of animal originNumber of operators processing products issued from organic farming (based on NACE classification) Organic farming statistics started to be collected, processed and disseminated by Eurostat for the reference year 1997 on the basis of gentlemen’ agreements. For the reference year 2009, the data collection is based on the EC Regulation 889/2008 implementing the Council Regulation 834/2007 on organic production and labelling of organic products. This data is collected as summary tables to display an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union. EFTA countries (Iceland, Norway and Switzerland) and some Candidate Countries (Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia and Turkey) provide also data on a voluntary basis. In order to better fit the legal requirements imposed by the Regulation (EC) 889/2008, a new version of the questionnaire for the data collection of organic farming statistics has been drafted by a task force organised by Eurostat in 2011 on organic farming. The new structure of the questionnaire which includes qualitative and quantitative improvements to the data collected, became effective from the 2012 data collection onwards. Since 2012, the questionnaire has been updated every year to take into account the different need and improvements in the data collection. Data collected from 2012 onwards are disseminated via 7 datasets: Organic operators by status of the registration process (from 2012 onwards) (org_coptyp)Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_cropar)Organic crop production by crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_croppro)Organic livestock of animals (from 2012 onwards) (org_lstspec)Organic production of animal products (from 2012 onwards) (org_aprod)Organic production of aquaculture products (from 2012 onwards) (org_aqtspec)Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (from 2012 onwards) (org_cpreact) Datasets containing data until 2011 are disseminated under a folder with historical data and contains the following datasets: Organic operators by status of the registration process (until 2011) (org_coptyp_h)Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (until 2011) (org_cropar_h1)Share of organic crop area out of the total utilised agricultural area (UAA) (until 2011) (org_cropar_h2)Organic crop production by crops (until 2011) (org_croppro_h)Organic livestock of animals (until 2011) (org_lstspec_h)Organic production of animal products (until 2011) (org_aprod_h)Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (2008-2011) (org_cpreact_h)Processors and importers of organic products by NACE Rev. 1.1 activity (D) (until 2007) (org_cpreact_nr1) An indicator for sustainable development is calculated to provide information on the share of organic area in the total Utilised Agricultural Area. The data on the total area are provided by crop production statistics (apro_cpsh1). Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data are collected as summary tables to display an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and the European Economic Area. Switzerland and some Candidate or Potential Candidate Countries (Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia and Turkey) provide also data on a voluntary basis. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. From 1997 to 2011 : Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Organic operators by status of the registration process (until 2011) (org_coptyp_h) 2. Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (until 2011) (org_cropar_h1) 3. Share of organic crop area out of the total utilised agricultural area (UAA) (until 2011) (org_cropar_h2) 4. Organic crop production by crops (until 2011) (org_cropppro_h) 5. Organic livestock of animals (until 2011) (org_lstspec_h) 6. Organic production of animal products (until 2011) (org_aprod_h) 7. Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (2008-2011) (org_cpreact_h) 8. Processors and importers of organic products by NACE Rev. 1.1 activity (D) (until 2007) (org_cpreact-nr1) From 2012 onwards : Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Organic operators by status of the registration process (from 2012 onwards) (org_coptyp) 2. Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_cropar) 3. Organic crop production by crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_croppro) 4. Organic livestock of animals (from 2012 onwards) (org_lstspec) 5. Organic production of animal products (from 2012 onwards) (org_aprod) 6. Organic production of aquaculture products (from 2012 onwards) (org_astspec) 7. Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (from 2012 onwards) (org_cpreact) Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the number of EMAS-registered organisations and sites. The Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) is a voluntary environmental management system implemented by companies and other organisations from all sectors of economic activity including local authorities, to evaluate, report on and improve their environmental performance. The scheme integrates ISO 14001 (International Standard for Environmental Management System) as its environmental management system element. Since April 2001, corporate registrations are possible, wherein organisations gather all their sites under one registration number. The European Commission started to collect numbers of sites in addition to number of organisations in March 2004 to give a more accurate picture of EMAS development.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Other Economic Flows: Flows that are not transactions according to ESA 95 definitions
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. Output of the agricultural industry is made up of the sum of the output of agricultural products, agricultural services and of the goods and services produced in inseparable non-agricultural secondary activities.
    • Februar 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Outward FATS describes the activities of foreign affiliates abroad controlled by residents of the compiling country. Countries use a great variety of sources completing each other in order to compile outward FATS data. Frequently, the basic information originates from the Foreign Direct Investments registers and surveys and it is complemented by information from other data sources such as business registers, annual reports of the companies, private databases, administrative sources, or other surveys (inward FATS, SBS). Outward FATS surveys from the previous reference years are also valuable sources of information . The countries collect and deliver on a mandatory basis the following characteristics:Number of enterprises (ENT)Turnover (TUR)Number of persons employed (EMP) For a few countries, data collected on a voluntary basis are available for some other characteristics:Value added at factor costs (VAC)Gross investments in tangible goods (GIT)Personnel costs (PEC) The outward FATS data are disseminated with annual frequency, with a detail by country of location (partner country) and economic activity of the foreign affiliate. Data are expressed in millions of EUR (Turnover, Value added at factor costs, Gross investments in tangible goods and Personnel costs) or in units (Number of persons employed and Number of enterprises).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by a resident entity (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an entity operating in an economy other than that of the investor (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the investor acquires at least 10% of the equity capital of the enterprise. For this indicator stocks of FDI made outside the reporting economy are expressed as percentage of GDP to remove the effect of differences in the size of the economies of the reporting countries.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator 'employment growth' gives the change in percentage from one year to another of the total number of employed persons on the economic territory of the country or the geographical area.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries. The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Owners occupiers are those households that live in a dwelling (flat, house) that they own. Owner occupier's housing expenditures represent those expenditures incurred by owners occupiers when purchasing, maintaining and living in their own home. The Owner-Occupied Housing Price Index (OOHPI) measures the change over time in the transaction prices of dwellings that were purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owners occupiers of dwellings (see classification below). As the index is based on the net acquisitions approach, only purchased dwellings that are new to the household sector are covered, while transactions between households are excluded (see section 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions) . These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing since 2001 within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. OOHPIs are available for 26 EU Member States, plus Iceland and Norway (published for 27 countries). The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the previous quarter (Qt-1) and the same quarter of the previous year (Qt-4).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Owners occupiers are those households that live in a dwelling (flat, house) that they own. Owner occupier's housing expenditures represent those expenditures incurred by owners occupiers when purchasing, maintaining and living in their own home. The Owner-Occupied Housing Price Index (OOHPI) measures the change over time in the transaction prices of dwellings that were purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owners occupiers of dwellings (see classification below). As the index is based on the net acquisitions approach, only purchased dwellings that are new to the household sector are covered, while transactions between households are excluded (see section 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions) . These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing since 2001 within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. OOHPIs are available for 26 EU Member States, plus Iceland and Norway (published for 27 countries). The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the previous quarter (Qt-1) and the same quarter of the previous year (Qt-4).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Owners occupiers are those households that live in a dwelling (flat, house) that they own. Owner occupier's housing expenditures represent those expenditures incurred by owners occupiers when purchasing, maintaining and living in their own home. The Owner-Occupied Housing Price Index (OOHPI) measures the change over time in the transaction prices of dwellings that were purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owners occupiers of dwellings (see classification below). As the index is based on the net acquisitions approach, only purchased dwellings that are new to the household sector are covered, while transactions between households are excluded (see section 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions) . These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing since 2001 within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. OOHPIs are available for 26 EU Member States, plus Iceland and Norway (published for 27 countries). The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the previous quarter (Qt-1) and the same quarter of the previous year (Qt-4).
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
  • P
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of action For each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by intervention LMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below) Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES) Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Provision of CVT courses and other forms of CVT (training/non-training enterprises)CVT strategiesParticipants in CVT coursesCosts of CVT coursesTime spent in CVT coursesCharacteristics of CVT coursesAssessment of CVT activities Since 2005, the CVTS also collects some information on initial vocational training (IVT). Five waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010CVTS 5 – reference year 2015 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvt)" presents data for 2005, 2010 and 2015 which are comparable between the three waves. 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". This folder can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • November 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juni 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Juni, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • November 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'adult participation in learning' (previously named 'lifelong learning') refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on adult learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is – where necessary – adjusted and enriched in various ways up to the reference year 2008, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES:Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders:Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES:Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders:Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Mai, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Dezember 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Juli, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Juni 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Juli, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period 2008-2010. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juni 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_peachuc The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_peachwf The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_peachyf The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Februar, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The pension expenditure indicator includes gross public pensions (i.e. before taxes and compulsory social security contributions) as a percentage of GDP. It is the sum of different categories of pension benefits, some of which (for example, disability  pensions) may be paid to people who have not reached the standard retiring age. The projections are made on the basis of Eurostat's population projection - EUROPOP2010 - and commonly agreed underlying economic assumptions that have been prepared by the European Commission (DG ECFIN) and the Economic Policy Committee (Ageing Working Group).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      People at risk of poverty after social transfers: Persons are at risk of poverty if their equivalised disposable income is below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      People at risk of poverty or social exclusion: The indicator sums up the number of persons who are at risk of poverty, severely materially deprived or living in households with very low work intensity. Persons present in several sub-indicators are counted only once. Persons at risk of poverty have an equivalised disposable income below 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers. Material deprivation covers indicators relating to economic strain and durables. Persons are considered living in households with very low work intensity if they are aged 0-59 and the working age members in the household worked less than 20 % of their potential during the past year.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Persons who are at risk of poverty or severely materially deprived or living in households with very low work intensity. Persons are only counted once even if they are present in several sub-indicators. At risk-of-poverty are persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). Material deprivation covers indicators relating to economic strain and durables. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions severely constrained by a lack of resources, they experience at least 4 out of 9 following deprivations items: cannot afford i) to pay rent or utility bills, ii) keep home adequately warm, iii) face unexpected expenses, iv) eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day, v) a week holiday away from home, vi) a car, vii) a washing machine, viii) a colour TV, or ix) a telephone. People living in households with very low work intensity are those aged 0-59 living in households where the adults (aged 18-59) work less than 20% of their total work potential during the past year.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the share of the population aged 16 and over reporting a long-standing (chronic) illness or health problem. Note on the interpretation: The indicator is derived from self-reported data so it is, to a certain extent, affected by respondents’ subjective perception as well as by their social and cultural background. Another factor playing a role is the different organisation of health care services, be that nationally or locally. All these factors should be taken into account when analysing the data and interpreting the results.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Fatalities caused by road accidents include drivers and passengers of motorised vehicles and pedal cycles as well as pedestrians, killed within 30 days from the day of the accident. For Member States not using this definition, corrective factors were applied. The data come from the CARE database managed by DG MOVE. For more information click here.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      People living in households with very low work intensity: Persons are defined as living in households with very low work intensity if they are aged 0-59 and the working age members in the household worked less than 20 % of their potential during the past year.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      People living in households with very low work intensity are people aged 0-59 living in households where the adults work less than 20% of their total work potential during the past year.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad hoc survey was conducted in interested Member States in order to test the feasibility of qualitative surveys in enterprises on topics of varying description. This survey was on the extent, scope, nature and trends of relationships between enterprises, so called inter-enterprise relationships (IER). A task force met several times to set the methodology for the survey and to agree on the coverage of 21 distinct NACE areas, in part aggregating NACE Rev. 1.1 classes, groups and divisions. Variables are to be understood for the purpose of the project as qualitative questions on the subject area of the survey. The samples were drawn in participating countries from the SBS survey frame, with sample sizes up to 10.000 enterprises. Other than the NACE breakdown, a breakdown by employment size classes was applied. While some variables (questions) allowed the selection from a predefined list, others were left to the respondents' judgment as to "very important", "important", "less important" etc.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Value added at factor cost in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V12150) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, value added data for 2008 in the ICT sector are not comparable with data published for pRevious years. Therefore, the percentage change between years 2007 and 2008 is not available.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emseag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juni, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emtyag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Mai 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Mai, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015; results are expected to become available in the second half of 2017.
    • Mai 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Mai, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015; results are expected to become available in the second half of 2017.
    • Mai 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Mai, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015; results are expected to become available in the second half of 2017.
    • Mai 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Mai, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 In the domain "Participation in education and training (educ_part)", the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training in enterprises - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015; results are expected to become available in the second half of 2017.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The internet connection used is a broadband connection (ADSL, SHDSL, cable, UMTS, etc).
    • August 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Februar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Number of persons employed in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V16110) Since 2008, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 2 classification as follows: ICT Total (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268 + 951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) ICT Manufacturing (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268) ICT Services (951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Total employment (source: National Accounts, all branches) Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, data for 2008 are not comparable with data published for previous years.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Value added at factor cost in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V12150) Since 2008, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 2 classification as follows: ICT Total (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268 + 951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) ICT Manufacturing (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268) ICT Services (951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Total value added at factor cost (source: National Accounts, all branches) Value added at factor cost is defined as Gross value added (at basic prices) minus Other taxes less other subsidies on production. Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, data for 2008 are not comparable with data published for previous years.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, Serbia and Turkey. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold in the current year and in at least two of the preceding three years. The threshold is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: Balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,Net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment,International investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:cens_01rdbuild Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The number of persons employed is defined as the total number of persons working in the various industries: employees, non employees (e.g. family workers, delivery personnel) with the exception of agency workers. Country data are expressed in units. European aggregates (EU27 (2007-2013)) are expressed in 100.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The number of persons employed is defined as the total number of persons working in the various industries: employees, non employees (e.g. family workers, delivery personnel) with the exception of agency workers. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed. Country data are expressed in units. European aggregates (EU27 (2007-2013)) are expressed in 100.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework(endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • September 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 September, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • August 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Oktober 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Oktober 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions:how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications:the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Mai, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mpyliv The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail: Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail: Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely: average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.Â
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Regulation (EC) No 1185/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 25 November 2009, concerning statistics on pesticides, stipulates that Member States shall transmit their annual sales of pesticides placed on the market from 2011 onwards.
    • November 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Sales of pesticides
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status:Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care:Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants:Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it:2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator:sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations:the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of women from the age of 15 who answered "yes" when they were asked whether they have experienced physical and/or sexual violence by a partner or non-partner in the 12 months prior to the interview. The results of the survey on violence against women are based on face-to-face interviews with 42 000 women in all 28 EU Member States, with on average 1 500 interviews per Member State. Women were asked to provide information about their personal experience of various forms of violence. Partners include persons with whom women are or have been married, living together without being married or involved in a relationship without living together. Non-partners include all perpetrators other than women’s current or previous partner. The indicator is based on a survey of the European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA).
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Physical energy flow accounts (PEFA) is one module of the European environmental-economic accounts - Regulation (EU) 691/2011 Annex VI. PEFA record the flows of energy (in terajoules)from the environment to the economy (natural inputs),within the economy (products), andfrom the economy back to the environment (residuals), using the accounting framework of physical supply and use tables. PEFA provide information on energy flows arranged in a way fully compatible with concepts, principles, and classifications of national accounts – thus enabling integrated analyses of environmental, energy and economic issues e.g. through environmental-economic modelling. PEFA complement the traditional energy statistics, balances and derived indicators which are the main reference data source for EU energy policies. This metadata refers to three PEFA datasets based on one and the same data collection:Energy supply and use by NACE Rev. 2 activity (env_ac_pefasu), containing data on supply (table A), use (table B), transformation use (table B1), end use (table B2) and emission-relevant use (table C)Key indicators of physical energy flow accounts by NACE Rev. 2 activity (env_ac_pefa04)Physical energy flow accounts totals bridging to energy balances totals (env_ac_pefa05)
    • Juli 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on physicians should refer to those "immediately serving patients", i.e. physicians who have direct contact with patients as consumers of health care services. In the context of comparing health care services across Member States, Eurostat considers that this is the concept which best describes the availability of health care resources. However, Member States use different concepts when they report the number of health care professionals. Therefore, for some countries, the data might include physicians who work in their profession but do not see patients (i.e. they work in research, administration etc.) or refer to physicians "licensed to practice" (i.e. successfully graduated physicians irrespective whether they see patients or not). Please have a look in the annexes of the metadata to see for which concept these data refer to for each country.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2pl The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • September 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 September, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Source is not publishing the dataset anymore: "The dataset identified with code t2020_rk300 does not exist"   6.1. Reference area
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • August 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the topic of educational level cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the topic of educational level cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Oktober 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Oktober, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tablesPopulation by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tablesPopulation by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • April 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self-employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, population in employment working during unsocial hours, working time, total unemployment, inactivity and quality of employment. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self-employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)' (see link below in section 'related metadata'). Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Juli 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Mai, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:cens_01rews The tables presented in the topic of educational level cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Februar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Mai, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:cens_01rhsize The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Each year Eurostat collects demographic data at regional level from 36 countries as part of the Unified Demography (Unidemo) project. UNIDEMO is Eurostat’s main annual demographic data collection and aims to gather information on demography and migration. UNIDEMO collects data at national and regional levels by various breakdowns on: population stocks;vital events (live births and deaths);marriages;divorces; andmigration flows. Each country must send the statistics for the reference year (T) to Eurostat by 31 December of the following calendar year (T+1). Eurostat then publishes the data in March of the calendar year after that (T+2). Demographic data at regional level include statistics on the population at the end of the calendar year and on live births and deaths during that year, according to the official classification for statistics at regional level (NUTS - nomenclature of territorial units for statistics). These data are broken down by NUTS 2 and 3 levels. The current online demographic data refers to the NUTS 2013 classification that subdivides the territory of the European Union into: 98 regions at NUTS level 1;276 at NUTS level 2; and1342 at NUTS level 3. This is in accordance with the following EU legal acts: Article 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 on European demographic statistics and its implementing measures stated in the Regulation (EU) No 205/2014;Regulation (EU) No 868/2014 which is the nomenclature of territorial units for statistics (abbreviated as NUTS);For candidate and EFTA countries the data are collected according to the agreed statistical regions that have been coded in a way that resembles NUTS. The current candidate countries for which data at regional level are collected are Montenegro, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania and Turkey. In January 2018, statistical regions were agreed between Eurostat and Serbia, and demographic data at regional level will available as soon as they will be transmitted to Eurostat.   Starting with 1 January 2018, a new regional territorial classification entered into force in accordance with the Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/2066. This classification is known as NUTS 2016 classification and the countries affected by regional changes are: Germany, Ireland, France, Lithuania, Hungary, Netherlands, Poland, Finland and the United Kingdom. The demographic data according to this classification will be available starting with March 2019.   The breakdown of demographic data collected at regional level varies depending on the NUTS level. These breakdowns are summarised below, along with the link to the corresponding online table: NUTS 2 levelPopulation by sex, age and region of residence — demo_r_d2janLive births by mother's age, mother's year of birth and mother's region of residence — demo_r_fagecDeaths by sex, age, year of birth and region of residence — demo_r_magecNUTS 3 levelPopulation by sex, five-year age group and region of residence — demo_r_pjangrp3Live births by five-year age group of the mothers and region of residence — demo_r_fagec3Deaths by sex, five-year age group and region of residence — demo_r_magec3 This more detailed breakdown (by five-year age group) of the data collected at NUTS 3 level started with the reference year 2013 and is in accordance with the European laws on demographic statistics. In addition to the regional codes set out in the Regulation (EU) No 868/2014 these online tables include few additional codes that are meant to cover data on persons and events that cannot be allocated to any official NUTS region. These codes are denoted as CCX/CCXX/CCXXX (Not regionalised/Unknown level 1/2/3; CC stands for country code) and are available only for France, Hungary, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia and Albania, reflecting the raw data as transmitted to Eurostat. For the reference years from 1990 to 2012 all countries sent to Eurostat all the data on a voluntary basis, therefore the completeness of the tables and the length of time series reflect the level of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes’ (NSIs) data provider. As a general remark, a lower data breakdown is available at NUTS 3 level as detailed: the population data are broken down by broad age groups, 0-14, 15-64 and 65 or more, and by sex. The data have this disaggregation since the reference year 2007 for all countries, and even longer for some — demo_r_pjanaggr3data on vital events (live births and deaths) are available only as totals without any further breakdown — demo_r_births and demo_r_deaths   Demographic indicators are calculated by Eurostat based on the above raw data using a common methodology for all countries and regions. The regional demographic indicators computed by NUTS level and the corresponding online tables are summarised below: NUTS 2 levelPopulation structure indicators (shares of various population age groups, dependency ratios and median age) — demo_r_pjanind2Total fertility rate (TFR) and age-specific fertility rates (ASFR) — demo_r_frate2Fertility indicators (total fertility rate and mean age of woman at childbirth) — demo_r_find2Life table including life expectancy at a given exact age — demo_r_mlife and demo_r_mlifexpInfant mortality and infant mortality rates — demo_r_minf and demo_r_minfindNUTS 3 levelDemographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustment, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustment)) — demo_r_gind3Population structure indicators (shares of various population age groups, dependency ratios and median age) — demo_r_pjanind3Fertility indicators (total fertility rate and mean age of woman at childbirth) — demo_r_find3Population density — demo_r_d3densNotes: 1) All the indicators are computed for all lower NUTS regions included in the tables (e.g. data included in a table at NUTS 3 level will include also the data for NUTS 2, 1 and country levels). 2) Demographic indicators computed by NUTS 2 and 3 levels are calculated using input data that have different age breakdown. Therefore, minor differences can be noted between the values corresponding to the same indicator of the same region classified as NUTS 2, 1 or country level. 3) Since the reference year 2015, Eurostat has stopped collecting data on area; therefore, the table 'Area by NUTS 3 region (demo_r_d3area)' includes data up to the year 2015 included.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The crude rate of total change is the ratio of the population change during the year (the difference between the population sizes on 1 January of two consecutive years) to the average population in that year. The value is expressed per 1 000 persons. The crude rate of natural change is the ratio of the natural change during the year (live births minus deaths) to the average population in that year. The value is expressed per 1 000 persons. The crude rate of net migration plus adjustment is defined as the ratio of net migration (including statistical adjustment) during the year to the average population in that year. The value is expressed per 1000 persons. The net migration plus adjustment is calculated as the difference between the total change and the natural change of the population.
    • August 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 August, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_watpop_r2 Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Percentage of the population served by a sewer system, regardless of the availability of treatment facilities. This relates to any kind of sewage treatment (primary to tertiary) in municipal treatment plants run by public authorities or by private companies.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the percentage of the population connected to waste water treatment systems with at least secondary treatment. Thereby, urban waste water is treated by a process generally involving biological treatment with a secondary settlement or other process, resulting in a biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) removal of at least 70% and a chemical oxygen demand (COD) removal of at least 75%.   The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the EU progress towards the targets of the Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdnr320's table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and Energy > Environment > Water > Population connected to urban wastewater treatment with at least secondary treatment (tsdnr 320) tsdnr 3020's table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable development indicators > Natural resources > Fresh water resources > Population connected to urban wastewater treatment with at least secondary treatment (tsdnr 320).
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ratio between the annual average population and the land area. The land area concept (excluding inland waters) should be used wherever available; if not available then the total area, including inland waters (area of lakes and rivers) is used,
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ratio between the annual average population and the land area of the region. The land area concept (excluding inland waters) should be used wherever available; if not available then the total area, including inland waters (area of lakes and rivers) is used.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • August 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. As from 2011, the AES is underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2011 AES was carried out in 2011/12 and the 2016 AES in 2016/2017. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:Data CollectionInfo&LegislationUNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Regulation (EU) No 862/2007)URESPOP Usually Residence Population Usually resident population for the purpose of the Qualified Majority Voting. See more specific metadata in here: URESESMS (Art. 4 of Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013) Data referring to population on 31st December of the reference year are transmitted by the Member States to Eurostat under the Regulation 1260/2013 on European demographic statistics. The data are conventionally published by Eurostat as 1 January of the following year (reference year + 1). The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements". The demographic data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the completeness of information reported by the National Statistical Institutes. For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements. The following population statistics are available: Population on 1 January split by: - broad age group, sex and NUTS3 - 5 year age group, sex and: citizenship, country of  birth, NUTS2 (under regional data), NUTS3 (under regional data) - single age, sex and: educational attainment, marital status, broad group of citizenship, broad group of country of birth - sex and: citizenship and broad group of country of birth, country of birth and broad group of citizenship, NUTS2 (under regional data) Population structure statistics: median age of population, proportion of population by various age groups, old age dependency ratio.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The number of persons having their usual residence in a given area (NUTS 2 region) on 1 January. When usually resident population is not available, countries may report legal or registered residents.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The datasets are composed by baseline population projections and the following sensitivity tests: •           Lower fertility; •           Lower mortality; •           Higher migration; •           Lower migration; •           No migration. For each of them, data is available as follows: •           Projected population on 1 January by age and sex, and by single year time interval; •           Assumptions on future age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration levels (including statistical adjustment); •           Corresponding approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex. Moreover, for the baseline projections, the following demographic balances and indicators are available: •           Total numbers of the projected live births and deaths; •           Projected population structure indicators: proportions of broad age groups in total population, age dependency ratios and median age of the population. The time horizon covered is: •           From 2015 to 2081 for the projected population; and •           From 2015 to 2080 for the assumptions dataset.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Population projections show how the population size and structure would change if the assumptions made regarding fertility, mortality and migration remained true over the whole projection period. Even though they are hypothetical ‘what-if’ exercises, population projections help the public, statisticians and policymakers understand population dynamics. Population refers to 1st January population for the respective years.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. As from 2011, the AES is underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2011 AES was carried out in 2011/12 and the 2016 AES in 2016/2017. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. As from 2011, the AES is underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2011 AES was carried out in 2011/12 and the 2016 AES in 2016/2017. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Number of persons not having the citizenship of the country where they reside (the reporting country), including citizens of other EU Member States, non-EU citizens as well as stateless persons, usually resident in the reporting country on 1 January of the respective year.
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emocag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • November 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Comparative price levels are the ratio between Purchasing power parities (PPPs) and market exchange rate for each country. PPPs are currency conversion rates that convert economic indicators expressed in national currencies to a common currency, called Purchasing Power Standard (PPS), which equalises the purchasing power of different national currencies and thus allows meaningful comparison. If the coefficient of variation of the comparative price levels for the EU decreases/increases over time, the national price levels in the Member States are converging/diverging.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise: the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production.The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices: As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation. Please take note that, currently, 2010=100 EU28 aggregation does not include Estonia.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise: the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production.The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices: As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation. Please take note that, currently, 2010=100 EU28 aggregation does not include Estonia.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      6.1. Reference area
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency. Annual data collection cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in year 1990.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The primary distribution of income shows the income of private households generated directly from market transactions, in particular the purchase and sale of factors of production. This includes as the main item the compensation of employees, i.e. income from the sale of labour as a factor of production. Private households can also receive income on assets, particularly interest, dividends and rents. Then there is also income from net operating surplus and self-employment. Interest and rents payable are recorded as negative items for households. The balance of all these transactions is known as the primary income of private households.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period 2008-2013. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Expenditure on educational institutions from private sources comprises school fees; materials such as textbooks and teaching equipment; transport to school (if organised by the school); meals (if provided by the school); boarding fees; and expenditure by employers on initial vocational training.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Februar 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 Februar, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indices in this table give information on the trends in the producer prices of agricultural production as a whole. The sub-indices were weighted by the values of sales in 2000.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Milk production on the farm covers milk from cows, ewes, goats and buffaloes. Attention should be paid to the fact that some Member States produce only cow's milk.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables:  Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2a:).  Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2b).Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq3).Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4a).Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4b)  According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres (fish_aq5). Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area (EU Member States and EFTA countries) by the 31st of December for the preceding year. They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective national data collection and data quality.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The production in construction shows the output and activity of the construction sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Construction includes building construction and civil engineering. The construction sector in total corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F but the split between building construction and civil engineering is based on the Classification of types of Construction (CC1, CC2). Production in construction is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The industrial production index shows the output and activity of the industry sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial production is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data concern the total production of butter and other yellow fat dairy products.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Several cheese categories belong to the denomination "cheese". They differ mainly from their moisture content. Data presented in this table relate to all cheeses but European statistics also provide information on the production of seven cheese categories with different moisture contents and compositions. EU15: Eurostat estimation including confidential data.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below.   Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Statistics on the production of cow's milk are derived from annual surveys of farms in each Member State. Milk production here includes milk subsequently fed to calves on the same farm, but not milk suckled directly.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: fish_aq2a: Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW. fish_aq2b: Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq3: Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq4a: Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.fish_aq4b: Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.   According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by fish_aq5 data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling aquaculture data as well as quality aspects. This information is currently not published.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables:  Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2a:).  Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2b).Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq3).Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4a).Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4b)  According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres (fish_aq5). Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area (EU Member States and EFTA countries) by the 31st of December for the preceding year. They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective national data collection and data quality.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Milk powder is one of two products (with butter) whose marketing can be sustained by public authorities. Since the implementation of milk quotas milk powder stocks have considerably decreased. EU15: Eurostat estimation including confidential data.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset provides estimates of the production, value added, exports and employment of the environmental goods and services sector (EGSS). The EGSS is the part of the economy that generate environmental products, i.e. those produced for the purpose of environmental protection and resource management. Environmental protection includes all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution and of any other degradation of the environment. Those activities and actions include all measures taken in order to restore the environment after it has been degraded. Resource management includes the preservation, maintenance and enhancement of the stock of natural resources and therefore the safeguarding of those resources against depletion. The EGSS accounts are produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex). Datasets env_ac_egss1 and env_ac_egss2 consist of country data produced by the Member States, who transmit the data to Eurostat and further disseminates it. The EU estimates in datasets env_ac_egss1, env_ac_egss2 and env_ac_egss3 are produced by Eurostat not as a sum of available countries but using methods documented in the Eurostat EGSS practical guide (see methodology page) and data sources publicly available. In addition, Eurostat produces output and gross value added volume estimates, i.e. discounting changes in prices, for all countries published in dataset env_ac_egss2.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset provides estimates of the production, value added, exports and employment of the environmental goods and services sector (EGSS). The EGSS is the part of the economy that generate environmental products, i.e. those produced for the purpose of environmental protection and resource management. Environmental protection includes all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution and of any other degradation of the environment. Those activities and actions include all measures taken in order to restore the environment after it has been degraded. Resource management includes the preservation, maintenance and enhancement of the stock of natural resources and therefore the safeguarding of those resources against depletion. The EGSS accounts are produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex). Datasets env_ac_egss1 and env_ac_egss2 consist of country data produced by the Member States, who transmit the data to Eurostat and further disseminates it. The EU estimates in datasets env_ac_egss1, env_ac_egss2 and env_ac_egss3 are produced by Eurostat not as a sum of available countries but using methods documented in the Eurostat EGSS practical guide (see methodology page) and data sources publicly available. In addition, Eurostat produces output and gross value added volume estimates, i.e. discounting changes in prices, for all countries published in dataset env_ac_egss2.
    • November 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Productivity of artificial land is defined as the gross domestic product (GDP) of a country divided by its total artificial land. Artificial land consists of built-up areas (areas covered with buildings and greenhouses) and non built-up areas (streets and sealed surfaces). Artificial land productivity shows whether built-up and non built-up areas are efficiently used to generate added economic value. For the calculation of artificial land productivity Eurostat uses the GDP in millions of PPS (Purchasing Power Standard). This unit allows to compare countries for the same year. More information on land cover/land use can be found here.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is the ratio between the projected number of persons aged 65 (age when they are generally economically inactive) and the projected number of persons aged between 15 and 64. The value is expressed per 100 persons of working age (15-64).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator shows the percentage of the total population who declare that they are affected either by noise from neighbours or from outside.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on biodiversity are re-published under agreement with the data providers, who are also responsible for the data quality. Eurostat does not receive the data from the Member States. Updates are annual, but with no particular calendar, because we depend on the data providers' ability to deliver. Eurostat's role is to check data quality, provide feedback to the data providers and publish the data it deems to be reliable. Eurostat should therefore NOT be quoted as the source. The topics covered and providers are: Protected terrestrial area by Member State (env_bio1; from Natura 2000 Barometer, DG ENV and EEA)Protected marine area by Member State (idem)Sufficiency index of protected terrestrial area by Member State (idem, to be discontinued and replaced)Sufficiency index of protected marine area by Member State (idem, to be discontinued and replaced)Common farmland bird index by Member State (env_bio2; BirdLife NGOs and OECD)EU Common bird indices by type of estimate (env_bio3; unsmoothed, smoothed with confidence interval) (EBCC/ RSPB /BirLife/Statistics Netherlands Souces for protected areas, European Commission Directorate-General for the Environment (DG ENV),  European Environment Agency (EEA) and its European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity (particularly for the sufficiency indices). Birds: The European Bird Census Council (EBCC) and its Pan-European Common Bird Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS) programme. The source to be quoted for the EU Common bird indices by type of estimate is EBCC/RSPB/BirdLife/Statistics Netherlands. The source to be quoted for Common farmland bird index by Member State is the national BirdLife organisation, re-published from OECD.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 April, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Juli 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juli, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Hospital beds provide information on health care capacities, i.e. on the maximum number of patients who can be treated by hospitals. Psychiatric care beds in hospitals are beds accommodating patients with mental health problems. These beds are a subgroup of total hospital beds which are defined as all hospital beds which are regularly maintained and staffed and immediately available for the care of admitted patients; both occupied and unoccupied beds are covered. Hospitals are defined according to the classification of health care providers of the System of Health Accounts (SHA); all public and private hospitals should be covered.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Dezember 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Dezember, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure for the economic activity. It refers to the value of the total output of goods and services produced by an economy, less intermediate consumption, plus net taxes on products and imports. GDP per capita is calculated as the ratio of GDP to the average population in a specific year. Basic figures are expressed in purchasing power standards (PPS), which represents a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries to allow meaningful volume comparisons of GDP. The values are also offered as an index calculated in relation to the European Union average set to equal 100. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per head is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Please note that this index is intended for cross-country comparisons rather than for temporal comparisons. Finally, the disparities indicator offered for EU aggregates is calculated as the coefficient of variation of the national figures. This time series offers a measure of the convergence of economic activity between the EU Member States.
    • November 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Purchasing power parities (PPPs) are indicators of price level differences across countries. PPPs tell us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. PPPs can thus be used as currency conversion rates to convert expenditures expressed in national currencies into an artificial common currency (the Purchasing Power Standard, PPS), eliminating the effect of price level differences across countries. The main use of PPPs is to convert national accounts aggregates, like the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of different countries, into comparable volume aggregates. Applying nominal exchange rates in this process would overestimate the GDP of countries with high price levels relative to countries with low price levels. The use of PPPs ensures that the GDP of all countries is valued at a uniform price level and thus reflects only differences in the actual volume of the economy. PPPs are also applied in analyses of relative price levels across countries. For this purpose, the PPPs are divided by the current nominal exchange rate to obtain a price level index (PLI) which expresses the price level of a given country relative to another, or relative to a group of countries like the EU Member States. The production of PPPs is a multilateral exercise involving the National Statistical Institutes of the participating countries, Eurostat and the OECD. Indicators in Eurostat's dissemination database The indicators published in the price domain on Eurostat's website are the following: Purchasing power parities (PPPs) scaled to the sum of expenditures of the EU Member States expressed in euro. This means that the PPP of one particular country indicates how many units of national currency one would need in that country in order to maintain the purchasing power of one euro in the EUPrice level indices (PLIs) as defined aboveNominal expenditure in national currency, as extracted from each country's national accountsNominal expenditure as percentage of GDPNominal expenditure in euroNominal expenditure per inhabitant in euroReal expenditure, defined as nominal expenditure divided by the PPPReal expenditure per inhabitantVolume indices of real expenditure per inhabitantThe convergence indicators, defined as the coefficient of variation of the price level indices (PLIs) and per capita volume indices (VIs) of gross domestic product (GDP), actual individual consumption (AIC) and household final consumption expenditure (HFCE). It measures the price and volume convergence across countries. In addition, PPPs and real expenditures are available from the national accounts domain of the database. For further details, cf. 17.1.
  • Q
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Quarterly government debt' is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of each quarter for the general government sector (ref. Regulation  (EU) No 549/2013, Annex B transmission programme, definition of general government sector ESA 2010 §2.111). Data are measured in million Euro, million of national currency units, percentage of GDP and percentage of total consolidated debt. Data cover EU Member States and Norway. Quarterly data on government debt is provided according to the provisions of the European System of Accounts ESA 2010 (Regulation (EU) No 549/2013). Data is transmitted by national authorities (National Statistical Institutes, National Central Banks or Ministries of Finance).
    • Januar 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Quarterly government debt' is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of each quarter between and within the sectors of general government (ref. Council Regulation No 1222/2004). Data are measured in million Euro, million of national currency units, percentage of GDP and percentage of total consolidated debt. Data cover EU Member States and Norway. Classification of data is in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 1995). Data are transmitted by national authorities (national statistical institutes, national central banks or Ministries of Finance).
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Oktober, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are largely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. There is also a document with information on the transition to ESA 2010 and related data particularities in the dedicated section under "latest news" that will be regularly updated. Quarterly national accounts comprise the main aggregates on quarterly national accounts, including: GDP and its components, employment, final consumption aggregates, income, saving and net lending/borrowing, exports and imports. Breakdowns exist for certain variables by economic activity (industries), investment products and final consumption purpose (COICOP). The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus and employment (domestic scope) by 6 and 17 branches; gross fixed capital formation by 6 asset types and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment (national) data, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. The geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US and Japan, and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published:in ECU/euro and in national currencies;at current prices and in volume terms;Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA). For some countries, the seasonal adjustment includes a working day correction. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Februar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Februar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data correspond to quarterly non-financial accounts for the general government sector which are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (ESA2010) basis. The data sets contain quarterly general government total expenditure and total revenue figures, as well as their breakdowns by relevant categories and the resulting quarterly government deficit/surplus.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
  • R
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates: ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of R&D personnel broken down by the following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP). Data are presented in full-time equivalents as a share of the economically active population (the ‘labour force’).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The collection is based on the Regulation (EC) 91/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on Rail transport statistics. Data displayed in this table cover the Rail transport of passengers which relate Rail passengers transport in the Member States on its national territory. Member States may exclude railway undertakings which mainly provide local tourist services, such as preserved historical steam railways. They are not covered in these statistics.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Oktober 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Mai 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Mai, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Juni 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juni, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated:Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Juni 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juni, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • September 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Oktober, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The adjusted gross disposable income of households per capita in PPS is calculated as the adjusted gross disposable income of households and Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) divided by the purchasing power parities (PPP) of the actual individual consumption of households and by the total resident population.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The REER (or Relative price and cost indicators) aim to assess a country's (or currency area's) price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. The specific REER for the Sustainable Development Indicators is deflated by nominal unit labour costs (total economy) against a panel of 37 countries (= EU28 + 9 other industrial countries: Australia, Canada, United States, Japan, Norway, New Zealand, Mexico, Switzerland, and Turkey). Double export weights are used to calculate REERs, reflecting not only competition in the home markets of the various competitors, but also competition in export markets elsewhere. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The REER (or Relative price and cost indicators) aim to assess a country's (or currency area's) price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. The indicator is deflated by the price index (total economy) against a panel of 42 countries (= EU27+ 15 other industrial countries: Australia, Canada, United States, Japan, Norway, New Zealand, Mexico, Switzerland, UK, Turkey, Russia, China, Brazil, South Korea and Hong Kong). Double export weights are used to calculate REERs, reflecting not only competition in the home markets of the various competitors, but also competition in export markets elsewhere. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. Data source: Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). Data are non-seasonal adjusted.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Real effective exchange rate (REER) aims to assess a country's price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. The specific REER for the Macroeconomic Imbalances Procedure is deflated by the consumer price indices relative to a panel of 42 countries (double export weights are used to calculate REERs, reflecting not only competition in the home markets of the various competitors, but also competition in export markets elsewhere). The data are expressed as index with base year 2010.
    • Juli 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Oktober, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e2grgdp National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This question was directed to the households.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period 2008-2013. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of a country’s, or the EU’s, own waste, which is recycled. Due to the strong fluctuations in waste generation in the mining and construction sectors and their limited data quality and comparability, major mineral wastes, dredging spoils and soils are excluded. This exclusion enhances comparability across countries as mineral waste accounts for high quantities in some countries and economic activities such as mining and construction. The data reflect the treatment of national waste and exclude waste that is imported from other EU countries; on EU total level the waste imports from non-EU countries are excluded. In the source dataset, the information on waste treatment is broken down into six treatment types: recovery (recycling, energy recovery, backfilling) and disposal (incineration, landfill, other disposal. The indicator presents only data on the treatment type of recovery - recycling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information and data are collected based on the Directive 2006/66/EC on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators (subsequently called Battery Directive) and in Commission Decision 2008/763/EC establishing a common methodology for the calculation of annual sales of portable batteries and accumulators to end-users, and on Commission Regulation (EU) No 493/2012 laying down detailed rules regarding the calculation of recycling efficiencies of the recycling processes of waste batteries and accumulators. The purpose of the collected data is to monitor compliance of countries with the quantitative targets for collection of batteries and accumulators that are set out in Article 10(2) and for recycling of batteries and accumulators that are set out in Article 12 (4) and in Annex III (Part B: Recycling) of the Directive. The Battery Directive distinguishes between portable batteries and accumulators on the one hand and industrial and automotive batteries and accumulators on the other. The collection target refers to portable batteries and accumulators and the recycling targets to all batteries and accumulators. Further information on the policy need of data on batteries and accumulators can be found on the following website of Directorate General Environment: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/batteries/index.htm
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is indirectly measured as the ratio of composted/methanised municipal waste (in mass unit) over the total population (in number). The ratio is expressed in kg per capita. The underlying assumption is that, by and large, the only reasonable treatment of biowaste is composting or anaerobic digestion.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Januar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is calculated as recycled waste (RCV_R) divided by total waste treated excluding major mineral wastes (TRT), multiplied by 100. It is expressed in percent (%) as both terms are measured in the same unit, namely tonnes. Recycled waste is waste treated, which was sent to recovery operation other than energy recovery and backfilling (for simplification referred to as recycling). Waste data are adjusted for waste collected in one country and recycled in another country. The amount of recycled waste is adjusted as following: waste treated in domestic plants plus waste sent out of the country for recycling minus waste imported and treated in domestic recycling plants. Waste treated is based in Waste Statistics Regulation and the imports and exports of wastes are based on Foreign Trade Statistics and reported according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN-codes). The indicator covers both hazardous (hz) and non-hazardous (nh) waste from all economic sectors and from households, including waste from waste treatment (secondary waste) but excluding most mineral waste. Major mineral waste is excluded in order to avoid situations where trends in ordinary waste generation can be drowned out by massive fluctuations in the generation of wastes in the mineral extraction and transformation sector. This also permits more meaningful comparison across countries, as mineral waste accounts for very substantial quantities in countries characterized by major mining and construction sectors.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Difference between the at-risk-of-poverty threshold (set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers) and the median equivalised disposable income of persons below the same at-risk-of-poverty threshold, expressed as a percentage of the at-risk-of-poverty threshold.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      R&D personnel include all persons employed directly on R&D, plus persons supplying direct services to R&D, such as managers, administrative staff and office staff. The measure shown in this table is total R&D personnel in full time equivalents as a percentage of the economic active population. Please note that the calculation of the measure in this table has changed from being based on head count to full time equivalents from January 2010. The measure based on head count is still available in Eurostat public data bases, table: Total R&D personnel and researchers by sectors of performance, as % of total labour force and total employment, and by sex (rd_p_perslf)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsrt_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover (in value)*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover (in value)*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • August 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 September, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely:Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Mai 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Juni, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely:Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_veh_jour Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology).   Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level   The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2ro The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Roundwood production (the term is used as a synonymous term for "removals") comprise all quantities of wood removed from the forest and other wooded land or other felling site during a certain period of time. It is reported in cubic metres underbark (i.e excluding bark).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This table includes the area, production and humidity of rye and winter cereal mixtures: rye, mixtures of "rye and other cereals" and "other cereal mixtures" sown before or during the winter (maslin). Cereal grains harvested just before maturity are also included in this table. Cereals harvested green or yellow as whole plant for fodder or renewable energy use are not included in this table. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even though harvesting may finish in year N+1 (N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat). 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production figures between the Members States the figures have been converted from national humidity degrees into the standard EU humidity (14%).
  • S
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information and data are collected based on the Directive 2006/66/EC on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators (subsequently called Battery Directive) and in Commission Decision 2008/763/EC establishing a common methodology for the calculation of annual sales of portable batteries and accumulators to end-users, and on Commission Regulation (EU) No 493/2012 laying down detailed rules regarding the calculation of recycling efficiencies of the recycling processes of waste batteries and accumulators. The purpose of the collected data is to monitor compliance of countries with the quantitative targets for collection of batteries and accumulators that are set out in Article 10(2) and for recycling of batteries and accumulators that are set out in Article 12 (4) and in Annex III (Part B: Recycling) of the Directive. The Battery Directive distinguishes between portable batteries and accumulators on the one hand and industrial and automotive batteries and accumulators on the other. The collection target refers to portable batteries and accumulators and the recycling targets to all batteries and accumulators. Further information on the policy need of data on batteries and accumulators can be found on the following website of Directorate General Environment: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/batteries/index.htm
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Volume of pesticides sold in the Member States. This data collection comprises pesticide sales data in EU27 (from 2020) and EFTA (Switzerland and Norway) based on the term "placing on the market" as defined in Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 concerning the placing of plant protection products on the market..
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The table displays the gross weight of seaborne goods handled in ports (goods unloaded from vessels plus goods loaded onto vessels). Data are collected according to Directive 2009/42/EC of 6.5.2009. The Czech Republic, Luxembourg, Hungary, Austria and Slovakia, as well as Liechtenstein and Switzerland have no maritime ports.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES covers the resident population aged 25-64. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES:Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Three waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES, 2011 AES and 2016 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The 2016 AES was carried out in 2016/2017 and the dissemination of results is ongoing with the available countries. Comparable data for the three waves can be found in the following folders:Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Participation in informal learning (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m4)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00)
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • März 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main aim of 2017 ad-hoc module is to provide information on the self-employed and on persons in an ambivalent professional status (at the border between employment and self-employment). The module includes 11 variables, split in 3 sub-modules. Sub-module 1: Economically dependent self-employed The first sub-module aims to measure the degree of economic/organisational dependency of the self-employed, in terms of the number of clients and the percentage of income coming from a client as well as in terms of control over working hours. This sub-module includes 2 variables: MAINCLNT: Economic dependencyWORKORG: Organisational dependencySub-module 2: Working conditions for self-employed The aim of the second sub-module is to investigate the working conditions of the self-employed, like working with partners or using employees. It also collects factors that motivated or forced a person to become self-employed, as well as the main difficulty they face working as self-employed. This sub-module includes 5 variables: REASSE: Main reason for becoming self-employed               SEDIFFIC: Main difficulty as self-employed                         REASNOEM: Main reason for not having employees                        BPARTNER:  Working with business partners                                    PLANEMPL:  Planning hiring of employees or subcontracting           Sub-module 3: Comparing employees and self-employed The third sub-module targets the comparison between self-employed, employees and family workers in terms of job satisfaction and autonomy. It also gathers information on the preferred professional status. This sub-module includes 4 variables: JBSATISFQ:  Job satisfaction                                                AUTONOMY: Job autonomy                                                PREFSTAP: Preferred professional status in the main job      OBSTACSE: Main reason for not becoming self-employed  Detailed information on the relevant methodology for the ad-hoc module (including the Commission regulation and explanatory notes) as well as documentation from each participating country (national questionnaires and interviewers instructions) can be found on EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Ad-hoc modules.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Mai 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Mai, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Self-reported unmet needs for medical care concern a person’s own assessment of whether he or she needed examination or treatment for a specific type of health care, but did not have it or did not seek it because of the following three reasons: ‘Financial reasons’, ‘Waiting list’ and ‘Too far to travel’. Medical care refers to individual healthcare services (medical examination or treatment excluding dental care) provided by or under direct supervision of medical doctors or equivalent professions according to national healthcare systems. Data are collected from the European Statistics of Income and Living Condition survey and refer to such needs during the previous 12 months. Data are expressed as percentages within the population aged 16 years old and over living in private households.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • November 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • November 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 November, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      20.1. Source data
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • November 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 November, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • November 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 November, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Juli, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • August 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bssi_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover (in value)*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • November 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsse_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Januar 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 August, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The collection "material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing and environment of the dwelling. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions severely constrained by a lack of resources, they experience at least 4 out of 9 following deprivations items: they cannot afford i) to pay rent or utility bills, ii) keep home adequately warm, iii) face unexpected expenses, iv) eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day, v) a week holiday away from home, vi) a car, vii) a washing machine, viii) a colour TV, ix) a telephone.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Severely materially deprived people: "Material deprivation" covers issues relating to economic strain and durables. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions greatly constrained by a lack of resources and cannot afford at least four of the following: to pay rent or utility bills; to keep their home adequately warm; to pay unexpected expenses; to eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day; a week holiday away from home; a car; a washing machine; a colour TV; or a telephone.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of collective transport modes in total inland passenger transport performance, expressed in passenger-kilometres (pkm). Collective transport modes refer to buses, including coaches and trolley-buses, and trains. Total inland transport includes transport by passenger cars, buses and coaches, and trains. All data are based on movements within national territories, regardless of the nationality of the vehicle. The data collection methodology is voluntary and not fully harmonised at the EU level. Other collective transport modes, such as tram and metro systems, are also not included due to the lack of harmonised data. For countries, where rail transport statistical legislation does not apply, the totals contain only the share of coaches, buses and trolley buses.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 August, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards renewable energy targets of the Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2009/28/EC on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources. The annual data collection covers in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in the year 2004. The calculation is based on data collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 on energy statistics and complemented by specific supplementary data transmitted by national administrations to Eurostat. In some countries the statistical systems are not yet fully developed to meet all requirements of Directive 2009/28/EC, in particular with respect to ambient heat captured from the environment by heat pumps. This is indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.  The share of energy from renewable sources is calculated for four indicators: Transport (RES-T)Heating and Cooling (RES-H&C)Electricity (RES-E)Overall RES share (RES) More details are available in the SHARES tool manual.
    • Januar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Januar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,The Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and Entrants,Learning mobility,Education personnel,Education finance,Graduates,Language learning. Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of rail and inland waterways in total inland freight transport, expressed in tonne-kilometres (tkm). Inland transport includes transports by road, rail and inland waterways. All data are based on movements on national territory; rail and inland waterway transport data are collected based on movements on national territory, regardless of the nationality of the train or vessel; road data are redistributed to the national territory on the basis of reported data on the activity of the vehicles registered in each country and modelling the likely journey itinerary by projecting it on the European road network. Neither sea nor air freight transport are currently represented in the indicator. For countries, where inland waterways statistical legislation does not apply the totals contain only the share of rail transport.
    • Mai 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_rfec
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is based on the definitions included in the Directive 2009/28/EC(Renewable Energy Directive) on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources. It is calculated on the basis of data collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 on energy statistics and complemented by specific supplementary data transmitted by national administrations to Eurostat. This indicator measures how extensive is the use of renewable energy and, by implication, the degree to which renewable fuels have substituted fossil and/or nuclear fuels and therefore contributed to the decarbonisation of the EU economy. It also show what is the progress on EU level towards Europe 2020 target for renewable energies of increasing the share of renewable energy in gross final energy consumption to 20% by 2020. More information about the renewable energy shares calculation methodology can be found on the Eurostat website. More information on renewable energies can be found on the DG Energy website.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of renewable energy consumption in gross final energy consumption according to the Renewable Energy Directive. The gross final energy consumption is the energy used by end-consumers (final energy consumption) plus grid losses and self-consumption of power plants.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the total population considering their dwelling as too dark and not having enough light.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the total population having neither a bath, nor a shower in their dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the total population living in a dwelling with either a leaking roof, or damp walls/floors/foundation, or rot in window frames or floor.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the total population not having indoor flushing toilet for the sole use of their household.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • November 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2sk The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2si The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_smcitrus The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among Member States (MS) the health status (including disability), health determinants (including environment) and use and limitations in access to health care services of the EU citizens. The general coverage of the survey is the population aged 15 or over living in private households residing in the territory of the country. EHIS was developed between 2003 and 2006. It consists of four modules on health status, health determinants, health care, and background variables. The first wave of EHIS (EHIS wave 1 or EHIS round 2008) was conducted between 2006 and 2009 in 17 EU Member States as well as Switzerland and Turkey. The second wave (EHIS wave 2 or EHIS round 2014) was conducted between 2013 and 2015 in all EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. Some other countries conducted their national health interview surveys using the second wave of EHIS questionnaire such as Turkey or Serbia. EHIS includes the following topics: Health status This topic includes different dimensions of health status and health-related activity limitations: General health status (Minimum European health module): self-perceived health, chronic morbidity and activity limitationDisease-specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesHealth-related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsDifficulties in personal care activities / activities of daily living (such as eating and washing) and help received/neededHousehold activities / Instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals and shopping) and help received/neededPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being in the first wave, depressive symptoms in the second wave)Work-related health problems (only in the first wave).Health care This topic covers the use of different types of medicines and formal and informal health and social care services, which are complemented by data on health-related expenditure, and limitations in access to and satisfaction with health care services: Hospitalisation (in-patient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsVisits to specific health professionals (such as physiotherapists or psychologists)Use of home care and home help servicesUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Healthcare preventive actions (such as influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test and blood tests)Unmet needs for health careOut-of-pocket payments for medical care (only in the first wave)Satisfaction with services provided by healthcare providers (only in the first wave)Visits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitioners (only in the first wave).Health determinants This topic includes various individual and environmental health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activity/exerciseConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceSmoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smokeAlcohol consumptionSocial supportProvision of informal care or assistance (only in the second wave)Illicit drug use (only in the first wave)Environment (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure) (only in the first wave).Background variables on demography and socio-economic status. All indicators are expressed as percentages within the population and statistics are broken down by age and sex and one other dimension such as educational attainment level, income quintile group or labour status. Additional breakdowns such as country of birth, country of citizenship, activity limitation are planned to be used.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of the population aged 15 years and over who report that they currently smoke boxed cigarettes, cigars, cigarillos or a pipe. The data does not include use of other tobacco products such as electronic cigarettes and snuff. The data are collected through a Eurobarometer survey and are based on self-reports during face-to-face interviews in people’s homes.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour Costs are the total expenditure borne by employers for the purpose of employing staff. They include employee compensation (including wages, salaries in cash and in kind, employers' social security contributions), vocational training costs, other expenditure such as recruitment costs, spending on working clothes and employment taxes regarded as labour costs minus any subsidies received.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Oktober, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Juli 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • September 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2es The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Mai 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_rlu
    • September 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_rtr
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Juli 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 September, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table.
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010 / SES2014) merged into one table.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Mai, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_an_struc_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Annual labour cost data published here cover the core labour cost variables "average hourly labour costs" and "average monthly labour costs" as well as the breakdown of labour costs by main categories (wages and salaries; other labour costs). Average hourly and monthly labour costs as well as the structure of total annual labour costs per employee by economic activity are provided for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees.Data  are available for the EU Member States and partly for Iceland and Switzerland. The data are either collected by the National Statistical Institutes or, more frequently, estimated by them on the basis of their four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), the Labour Cost Index (LCI) and additional up-to-date - though sometimes partial - information. Coverage of statistical units, thresholds and other methodological aspects are identical to that of the four yearly LCS.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      <
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • August 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 August, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      %The index of sufficiency of Member States proposals for sites designated under the habitats directive measures the extent to which Sites of Community Importance proposed by the Member States adequately cover the species and habitats listed in Annexes I and II to the habitats directive. 100% indicates sufficiency of proposals for all Annex I terrestrial habitat types and Annex II terrestrial species of Community interest occuring in Member States' territories.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society 2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT security and trust,access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity),use of Big data analysis,use of 3D printing,use of robotics.Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • März 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Februar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Februar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short -named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises. Â
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short -named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises. Â
    • Februar 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Februar, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Februar 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short-named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:naio_kp15_r2 The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • April 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 April, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • Juni 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Mai 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Juni, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • September 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 September, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Dezember 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_r_2se The data comprises series of internal (in the country) regional migration on NUTS2 level during the reference year. Data on arrivals and departures due to internal migration are disaggregated by NUTS2 region of arrival/departure, sex and single year age. Data on migration by region of origin and destination (excluding intra-regional migration) are presented separately for each country for which such data are available. The tables are in the form of matrix (NUTS2 region of origin and destination) excluding intra-refional migration, disaggregated by sex. The data source is administrative records or national surveys. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes.
  • T
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_desapp The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • März 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 25 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_despear The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function, type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS" is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happens for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The ESSPROS domain In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • November 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket share   Mobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)   Fixed telephonymain telephone lines   Mobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenues   Telecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • September 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 September, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Oktober 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Oktober, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 30-34 who have successfully completed tertiary studies (e.g. university, higher technical institution, etc.). This educational attainment refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 5-8 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 5-6 for data up to 2013. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. (i) More information on national targets can be found here
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      18.1. Source data
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 25-64 who have successfully completed tertiary studies (e.g. university, higher technical institution, etc.). This educational attainment refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 5-8 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 5-6 for data up to 2013. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 30-34 who have successfully completed tertiary studies (e.g. university, higher technical institution, etc.). This educational attainment refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 5-8 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 5-6 for data up to 2013. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The real gross disposable income of households per capita (index = 2008) is calculated as the unadjusted gross disposable income of households and Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) divided by the price deflator (price index) of household final consumption expenditure and by the total resident population. Then the indicator is indexed with base year 2008. The indicator is based on European sector accounts.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:  Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Data have been rounded to the nearest 5. Due to the rounding, the sum of third country nationals may not necessarily match all-over total. Starting with  first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis: Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures).
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Oktober, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 30 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The employment rate is calculated by dividing the number of persons aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. Employed population consists of those persons who during the reference week did any work for pay or profit for at least one hour, or were not working but had jobs from which they were temporarily absent. Employment rate (total, females, males): The number of persons (females, males) aged 20-64 in employment as a share of the total population (females, males) of the same age group.  
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator measures the share of the population aged 20 to 64 which is employed. Employed persons are defined as all persons who, during a reference week, worked at least one hour for pay or profit or were temporarily absent from such work. The indicator is part of the adjusted, break-corrected main indicators series and should not be compared with the annual and quarterly non-adjusted series, which have slightly different results.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Total Fertility Rate is the most common period indicator of fertility, measuring the average number of live births a woman would ever deliver if she were toexperience the fertility rate of a given period. It is computed as the sum over childbearing age of age specific fertility rates, in their turn computed as the ratio of the number of live births from women of a given age to the number of women of the same age exposed to the risk of childbearing.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The mean number of children that would be born alive to a woman during her lifetime if she were to survive and pass through her childbearing years conforming to the fertility rates by age of a given year.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • März 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 . GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - .   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 02 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Mai 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Although motorways constitute only a small part of the entire road network, their length has more than tripled over the last 30 years. Extraordinary growth can be noticed for Greece and Spain. In 2000, the most extensive motorway network within EU15 can be found in Germany, followed by France and Spain.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The collection is based on data from the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe / International Transport Forum / Eurostat Common Questionnaire for Inland Transport Statistics. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries. Data displayed in this table cover the length of railway lines, whether electrified or not, on the territory of the reporting country. Railway lines are defined as a line of communication made up by rail exclusively for the use of railway vehicles. They consist of one or more adjacent running tracks forming a route between two points. Where a section of network comprises two or more lines running alongside one another, there are as many lines as routes to which tracks are allotted exclusively.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      "Paper and paper board" comprises the sum of graphic papers; sanitary and household papers; packaging materials and other paper and paperboard. It excludes manufactured paper products such as boxes, cartons, books and magazines.
    • Oktober 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Generally, the public sector funds education either by bearing directly the current and capital expenses of educational institutions (direct expenditure for educational institutions) or by supporting students and their families with scholarships and public loans as well as by transferring public subsidies for educational activities to private firms or non-profit organisations (transfers to private households and firms); both types of transactions together are reported as total public expenditure on education.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator provided is GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) as a percentage of GDP. "Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications" (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). Gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD): Total gross domestic expenditure on research and experimental development (GERD) as a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP).
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D is counted as 0.4 FTE.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. Head count (HC) data measure the total number of researchers who are mainly or partly employed on R&D.
    • Juni 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juni, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Total volume of pesticides sold in the Member States. The total is the sum of fungicides, herbicides, insecticides and other pesticides.
    • Januar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Sawnwood: Wood that has been produced either by sawing lengthways or by a profile-chipping process and that exceeds 6 mm in thickness. It includes planks, beams, joists, boards, rafters, scantlings, laths, boxboards and "lumber", etc., in the following forms: unplaned, planed, end-jointed, etc. It is reported in cubic metres solid volume (m³).
    • Februar 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Februar, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period and provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account, the capital and the financial account. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), are an important component of the BoP current account, and are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)
    • April 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unemployment rates represent unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force. The labour force is the total number of people employed and unemployed. Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who were: a. without work during the reference week, b. currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment before the end of the two weeks following the reference week, c. actively seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in the four weeks period ending with the reference week to seek paid employment or self-employment or who found a job to start later, i.e. within a period of, at most, three months
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Labour Costs are the total expenditure borne by employers for the purpose of employing staff. They include employee compensation (including wages, salaries in cash and in kind, employers' social security contributions), vocational training costs, other expenditure such as recruitment costs, spending on working clothes and employment taxes regarded as labour costs minus any subsidies received.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The main objective of the trade in goods statistics by enterprise characteristics (TEC) is to bridge two major statistical domains which have traditionally been compiled and used separately, business statistics and international trade in goods statistics (ITGS). Specifically, this new domain was created to answer questions such as: What kind of businesses are behind the trade flows of goods?What is the contribution of a particular activity sector to trade?What is the share of small and medium-sized enterprises to total trade?What is the share of enterprises that trade with a certain partner country and the amount of trade value they account for? For this purpose, the trade in goods between countries is broken down by economic activity, size-class of enterprises, trade concentration, geographical diversification and products traded. The new information is used to carry out more sophisticated kinds of analysis, e.g. to evaluate the role of European companies in the context of globalisation or to assess the impact of international trade in goods on employment, production and value added, essential in a globalised world where economies are increasingly interconnected.   Available datasets TEC data are grouped into ten datasets, each one focussing on a specific aspect: 1. Trade by activity sector and enterprise size class — Trade by activity sector and employment size class shows the contributions of economic activities and size classes (measured in terms of number of employees) to total trade. This allows the impact of international trade on employment to be analysed and the importance of small and medium-size enterprises (SMEs) to be estimated. 2. Concentration of trade by activity — International trade being typically dominated by a few businesses, this indicator shows the share of the total trade accounted for by the top 5, 10, 20, etc. companies. 3. Trade by partner country and activity — Trade by partner country shows how many companies were trading with certain partner countries or country zones, and the value they accounted for. This indicator enables the most typical export or import markets to be identified. 4. Trade by number of partner countries and activity — Trade by number of partner countries shows how geographically diversified the export markets are. For imports, it shows the number of countries from which goods are imported. 5. Trade by commodity and activity — Trade by commodity and activity sector allocates the trade of each commodity to the activity of the trading enterprise. This indicator shows which sectors were involved in the trading of each product group. 6. Trade by type of trader — This indicator provides information on how traders are involved in international trade. It shows the number of companies trading within only one flow or in both flows and the trade value these companies account for. 7. Trade by type of ownership — The type of ownership is referring to the concept of control and to affiliation of an enterprise. It indicates whether an enterprise is domestically or foreign controlled and, if domestically controlled, whether it has affiliates abroad or not. This indicator can be used to analyse the impact of globalisation on international trade and to estimate the importance of multinational companies for trade. 8. Trade by export intensity — Export intensity categorises enterprises according to the importance of foreign markets in their sales. It refers to the share of exports in total turnover. 9. Trade by activity sector — In comparison with trade by activity and enterprise size class (first dataset), this indicator provides more details on the activity sector (2- or 3-digit level) but does not contain information about the enterprise size. 10. Trade by partner country and size class — This indicator aims to give insights into the internationalisation of small- and medium sized enterprises. It complements indicator 3 on trade by partner country and activity by applying the same detailed breakdown of partner countries but categorising enterprises by size class instead of activity sector.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      Trade in recyclable raw material shows the amounts (in mass unit) and the monetary value (in Euro) of total wastes that are shipped across intra- and extra EU borders. The dataset includes following variables: Imports to EU countries of recyclable raw materials (in order to characterise intra-EU trade);Imports from non-EU countries and exports to non-EU countries of recyclable raw materials (in order to characterise trade of the EU with the rest of the world).Exports to EU countries of recyclable raw materials, (in order to characterise trade among EU countries). Data are disaggregated by EU-Member State and by category of material, following the classification provided by the JRC (see list of CN-codes used). This dataset is taken from International Trade in Goods Statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat. The data measure both the monetary value and the physical quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and of goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘European’ means that the statistics are compiled on the basis of the concepts and definitions set out in EU legislation. ‘National’ statistics, i.e. statistics published at national level by the Member States, are compiled on the basis of national rules which may differ from EU rules. Product coverage: The scope of the “recyclable raw material” is defined and approximated in terms of relevant product codes selected from the list of Combined Nomenclature codes used in International Trade in Goods Statistics. They are grouped according to JRC classification which provides a breakdown for the following material classes: PlasticPaper and cardboardPrecious metalIron and steelCopper, aluminium and nickel
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Monthly raw data are processed at the most detailed level in order to calculate elementary unit-values defined by trade value/quantity. These unit-values are divided by the average unit-value of the previous year to obtain elementary unit-value indices, from which outliers are detected and removed. Elementary unit-value indices are then aggregated over countries and commodities, by using the Laspeyres, Paasche and Fisher formulae. Finally, the Fisher unit-value indices are chained back to the reference year (2015 = 100) and are used to approximate the import and export price movements.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Volume index = value index / unit-value index Value index: The value index is calculated as the percentage change between the trade value of the current month and the average monthly trade value of the previous year. Unit-value index: Monthly raw data are processed at the most detailed level in order to calculate elementary unit-values defined by trade value/quantity. These unit-values are divided by the average unit-value of the previous year to obtain elementary unit-value indices, from which outliers are detected and removed. Elementary unit-value indices are then aggregated over countries and commodities, by using the Laspeyres, Paasche and Fisher formulae. Finally, the Fisher unit-value indices are chained back to the reference year (2015 = 100).
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Oktober 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Union (EU) has a system to supervise and control shipments of waste within its borders and with the countries of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA), the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and non-EU countries that have signed the Basel Convention. In the EU, the regulatory framework for transboundary shipments of waste is Regulation 1013/2006 on shipments of waste, commonly referred to as the Waste Shipment Regulation (WShipR).The Regulation implements the Basel Convention and its ban on exporting hazardous waste from OECD countries to non-OECD countries, since these countries do not have proper and sufficient waste treatment capacity. The Regulation also implements the OECD-Council Decision on the control of transboundary shipments of waste. The OECD countries have developed a system for the notification of waste destined for recovery in the OECD countries. The WShipR also sets some additional requirements for transboundary shipments within and out of the EU. A planned shipment subject to the procedure of prior notification and consent may take place only after the notification and movement documents have been completed. According to the WShipR, all wastes for disposal operations and for recovery operations, all hazardous waste as well as some problematic waste streams and other wastes defined by the WShipR, must be notified to the authorities before it is allowed to be transboundary shipped. The notification document is described in Annex IA of the WShipR. Typically the notification document covers the whole intended amount for shipment (block 5 of the notification document). This intended amount is not necessarily the same amount as the actual quantity shipped and received at the disposal or recovery facility, which is reported to the authorities according to the so called movement document described in Annex IB of the WShipR (block 18 and 19 of the movement document). The notification and movement documents shall include the codes that identify the waste type according to Annex III, IIIA, IIIB, IV or IVA of the WShipR. That is to say in practice mainly the codes applied by the Basel convention, additional codes according to OECD-Council Decision and the European list of waste. Furthermore the notification and movement documents shall include information about hazardous characteristics (so called H-code and UN-class), the disposal and recovery operation code. Based on the above mentioned notification and movement documents Member States report to the EU on the basis of Article 51 of the WShipR. Article 51 point 2 requires Member States to send to the Commission before the end of each calendar year a copy of the report for the previous year in accordance with Article 13(3) of the Basel Convention, which is submitted to the Secretariat of that Convention. The report consists of three parts: Part I, Part IIA and Part IIB. Part IIA of the Basel report includes four tables Table 6 (export), 7(import), 8A (generation of hazardous waste and other wastes) and 8B (generation of hazardous and other wastes by categories). Moreover, Member States shall also submit a report for the previous year based on the questionnaire in Annex IX to the WShipR. Eurostat manages the quantitative data reporting included by Part IIA, whereas the DG Environment is in charge of managing information received via Part I, Part IIB and Annex IX to the WShipR.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors:Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 08 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 13 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • November 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Februar 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 Februar, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Dezember 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_wwcap_r2 Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • März 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2014
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_wastrtr
    • Mai 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 31 Mai, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste generation has a breakdown in sources (19 business activities according to the NACE classification and household activities) and in waste categories (according to the European Waste Classification for statistical purposes). The information on waste treatment is broken down to five treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment) and in waste categories. All values are measured in tonnes of waste and in kg per capita, based on the annual average of the population. The Member States are free to decide on the data collection methods. The general options are: surveys, administrative sources, statistical estimations or some combination of methods. For the first reference year 2004 Member States could apply for permission not to deliver part of the information: waste generated by agriculture and fishing and waste generated in the services sector. For this reason this information is missing for some of the countries. Previously data on waste was collected on a voluntary basis with the joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on waste.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Dezember 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Dezember, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • August 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • August 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 August, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Juni 2010
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Juli 2009
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Turnover Index is a business cycle indicator showing the monthly evolution of the market of goods and services in the industrial sector. It also records the evolution of turnover over longer periods of time. The turnover of industry index is not deflated. It is therefore the objective of this indicator to measure the market activity in the industrial sector in value. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial turnover is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Turnover Index is a business cycle indicator showing the monthly evolution of the market of goods and services in the industrial sector. It also records the evolution of turnover over longer periods of time. The turnover of industry index is not deflated. It is therefore the objective of this indicator to measure the market activity in the industrial sector in value. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial turnover is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Turnover Index is a business cycle indicator showing the monthly evolution of the market of goods and services in the industrial sector. It also records the evolution of turnover over longer periods of time. The turnover of industry index is not deflated. It is therefore the objective of this indicator to measure the market activity in the industrial sector in value. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial turnover is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Turnover Index is a business cycle indicator showing the monthly evolution of the market of goods and services in the industrial sector. It also records the evolution of turnover over longer periods of time. The turnover of industry index is not deflated. It is therefore the objective of this indicator to measure the market activity in the industrial sector in value. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial turnover is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Turnover Index is a business cycle indicator showing the monthly evolution of the market of goods and services in the industrial sector. It also records the evolution of turnover over longer periods of time. The turnover of industry index is not deflated. It is therefore the objective of this indicator to measure the market activity in the industrial sector in value. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial turnover is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 19 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Dezember 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Dezember, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator: Infra-annual percentage changes - changes between two consecutive months or quarters - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices) or seasonally adjusted data (value and volume indicators) and year-on-year changes - comparing a period to the same period one year ago - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices and employment) or calendar adjusted data (volume and value indicators). The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 20 März, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of the turnover index is to show the development of the market of services. Turnover comprises the totals invoiced by the observation unit during the reference period, and this corresponds to market sales of services supplied to third parties. Turnover also includes all other charges (transport, packaging, etc.) passed on to the customer, even if these charges are listed separately in the invoice. Turnover excludes VAT and other similar deductible taxes directly linked to turnover as well all duties and taxes on services invoiced by the unit. Service is defined as the Nace 2 branches G (Wholesale, retail trade and repair of motor vehicles but retail trade and repair are excluded), H (transportation and storage), I (accommodation and food services activities), J (information and communication), K (financial and insurance activities), L (real estate activities), M (professional, scientific and technical activities) and N (administrative and support service activities). Depending of the countries, the index is compiled either as a Laspeyres type or either as a simple value relative. The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The objective of the turnover index is to show the development of the market of services. Turnover comprises the totals invoiced by the observation unit during the reference period, and this corresponds to market sales of services supplied to third parties. Turnover also includes all other charges (transport, packaging, etc.) passed on to the customer, even if these charges are listed separately in the invoice. Turnover excludes VAT and other similar deductible taxes directly linked to turnover as well all duties and taxes on services invoiced by the unit. Service is defined as the Nace Rev.2 branches from G to N (except retail trade and repair). Depending of the countries, the index is compiled either as a Laspeyres type or either as a simple value relative. The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator: Infra-annual percentage changes - changes between two consecutive months or quarters - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices) or seasonally adjusted data (value and volume indicators) and year-on-year changes - comparing a period to the same period one year ago - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices and employment) or calendar adjusted data (volume and value indicators). The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 23 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprises of a given sector during the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Oktober 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Oktober, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 18 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2021
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 24 April, 2021
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey about innovation activities in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as objectives, sources of information, public funding or expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broken down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2014 concepts and its underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual (2005) 3rd edition (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2014 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation defines the mandatory target population of the survey referring to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2012-2014, but some use only one calendar year (2012 or 2014). CIS 2014 includes an ad-hoc module on innovations with environmental benefits. While European innovation statistics use aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be consulted by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in a more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • September 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
  • U
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unemployment rate represents unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force. The labour force is the total number of people employed and unemployed. Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who were: a. without work during the reference week, b. currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment before the end of the two weeks following the reference week, c. actively seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in the four weeks period ending with the reference week to seek paid employment or self-employment or who found a job to start later, i.e. within a period of, at most, three months. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unemployment rate is the number of unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force (the total number of people employed and unemployed) based on International Labour Office (ILO) definition. Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who fulfil all the three following conditions: - are without work during the reference week; - are available to start work within the next two weeks; - have been actively seeking work in the past four weeks or have already found a job to start within the next three months. The indicator monitors high and persistent rates of unemployment and it helps to better understand the potential severity of macroeconomic imbalances. It points towards a potential misallocation of resources and general lack of adjustment capacity in the economy. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the three-year backward moving average, i.e. the data for year Y is the arithmetic average of data for years Y, Y-1 and Y-2. It is calculated: [URt+URt-1+URt-2]/3. The indicative threshold is 10%. The data source is the quarterly EU Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The EU LFS covers the resident population in private households.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The unemployment rate is the number of unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force based on International Labour Office (ILO) definition. The labour force is the total number of people employed and unemployed. Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who: - are without work during the reference week; - are available to start work within the next two weeks; - and have been actively seeking work in the past four weeks or had already found a job to start within the next three months. Unit: rate
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unit-values are defined by: trade value / quantity. These unit-values are divided by the average unit-value of the previous year to obtain elementary unit-value indices, from which outliers are detected and removed. Elementary unit-value indices are then aggregated over countries and commodities, by using formulae. Finally, the unit-value indices are chained back to the reference year (2015 = 100) and used to approximate the import and export price movements.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Unit-values are defined by: trade value / quantity. These unit-values are divided by the average unit-value of the previous year to obtain elementary unit-value indices, from which outliers are detected and removed. Elementary unit-value indices are then aggregated over countries and commodities, by using formulae. Finally, the unit-value indices are chained back to the reference year (2015 = 100) and used to approximate the import and export price movements.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • März 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 März, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator shows the population-weighted concentration of ozone to which the urban population is potentially exposed. The principle metric for assessing the effects of ozone on human health is, according to the World Health Organisation’s recommendations (*), the daily maximum 8-hour mean. Ozone effects should be assessed over a full year. Current evidence is insufficient to derive a level below which ozone has no effect on mortality. However, for practical reason it is recommended to consider an exposure parameter which is the sum of excess of daily maximum 8-h means over the cut-off of 70 μg/m3 (35 ppb) calculated for all days in a year. This exposure parameter has been indicated as SOMO35 (sum of means over 35), and is extensively used in the health impact assessments, including the Clean Air for Europe (CAFE) Programme leading to the Commission Communication on the Thematic Strategy on Air Pollution. The indicator is published by Eurostat based on data from the European Environment Agency (EEA). The indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy.   tsdph380´s table: Eurobase > Tables by themes > Environment and Energy > Environment > Greenhouse gases/Air polution > Urban population exposure to air pollution by ozone (tsdph380) tsdph380´s table within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy> Sustainable Development Indicators > Public health > Determinants of health >Urban population exposure to air pollution by ozone (tsdph380)   (*) UN ECE (2004) Summary report prepared by the joint Task Force on the Health Aspects of Air Pollution of the World Health Organization/European Centre for Environment and Health and the Executive Body, EB.AIR/WG.1/2004/11
    • März 2018
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 März, 2018
      Datensatz auswählen
      20.1. Source data
    • Juli 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 07 Juli, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Juni 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2011
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Oktober 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 06 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This data set shows the percentage of utilised agricultural area (UAA) managed by low-, medium- and high-input farms in the EU Member States, and the number of hectars of UAA per category of farms. Each farm is classified according to the level of input use per hectare, which is calculated on the basis of the spending (in constant euros) on purchased inputs per hectare of UAA. The inputs considered here are purchased fertilisers and soil improvers, pesticides (i.e. plant protection products, traps and baits, bird scarers, anti-hail shells, frost protection) and purchased feed. There is a break in the time series in 2004, as per below. Data from 1995-2003: If the calculated result is higher than constant EUR 295 per hectare, the farm is categorised as high. When it is below constant EUR 125 per hectare, it is classified as low. Otherwise, it is medium. The basis is constant 2000 prices EUR per hectare. From 2004 the calculated result is classified as follows: If it is higher than constant EUR 350 per hectare, the farm is categorised as high. When it is below constant EUR 155 per hectare, it is classified as low. Otherwise, it is medium. The basis is constant 2010 prices EUR per hectare. For a full data analysis please see the Agri-environmental fact sheet on Intensification/Extensification. 
  • V
    • April 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 April, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Value added represents the difference between the value of what is produced and intermediate consumption entering the production, less subsidies on production and costs, taxes and levies.
    • März 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 März, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Value added represents the difference between the value of what is produced and intermediate consumption entering the production, less subsidies on production and costs, taxes and levies. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • Oktober 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 Oktober, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Mai 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 21 Mai, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Venture capital is a subset of private equity and refers to equity investment made for launch (seed), early development (start-up), or expansion (later stage venture) of business developed by enterprises not quoted on the stock market. Private equity can be further used to expand working capital, to make acquisitions, to strengthen a company’s balance sheet and for buyouts. Several stages can be distinguished in the expansion, the post-venture stage of fundraising: growth, rescue/turnaround, replacement and buyouts. The Venture capital investments (VCI) indicators are compiled based on the data collected by the INVEST Europe (formerly named European Private Equity & Venture Capital Association EVCA) survey of all private equity and venture capital companies. INVEST Europe is responsible for data collection and primary data treatment. The investment statistics released by INVEST Europe are provided on the one hand by the country of the private equity firm – industry statistics, and on the other hand by the country of portfolio company – market statistics. Data on Ventures capital investments presented in Eurobase are aggregated based on industry statistics. Data on venture capital in Eurobase refer to the amount of money invested and to the number of companies that receive the investment. Until 2006 reference year Eurostat VCI data were aggregated into 3 stages following the structure of investment stages as defined by the (former) EVCA : Investment in early stage (seed + start-up)Investment in expansion and replacement stage (expansion + replacement capital)Investment for buyouts (buyouts) In 2007 reference year important changes were brought to the methodology and sample of a survey. Furthermore, new aggregates were defined to better reflect the nature of the private equity capital. In consequence starting with 2007 data, the reconstruction of the former three stages revealed impossible. Due to this important break in series new data collection including detailed financing stages was created and introduced in Eurobase accordingly to the stage of the business. These data are broken into following groups: Venture capital in seed stageVenture capital in start-up stageVenture capital in later stageTotal venture capital (investment in seed + start-up + later stage)Investment in growth stageInvestment for rescue/turnaroundInvestment for replacementInvestment for buyoutsTotal investment For a more detailed definition, see 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions. The data cover the EU-15 Member States, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Norway and Switzerland. The indicators are presented in EUR million, as a number of investments (only for 1989-2006 period), as a number of companies involved and as a percentage of GDP (Gross domestic product at market prices), which is defined in conformity with the European System of national and regional Accounts in the Community (ESA 95). For the reasons of scale, only the Total venture capital and the Total investment are expressed as a percentage of GDP. From a year to another one, data can differ. Several factors could explain these differences, for example: a declaration of a firm after closing of the figures, reclassification of investment, transfer of a headquarter to another country.
    • Juni 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Juni, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Oktober 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 Oktober, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om).Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om).Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om).Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Januar 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Januar, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • April 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 16 April, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Index of inland freight transport volume relative to GDP, 2000=100. This indicator is defined as the ratio between tonne-kilometres (inland modes) and GDP (chain-linked volumes, at 2000 exchange rates). It is indexed on 2000. Inland freight transport includes road, rail and inland waterways: - Rail and inland waterways transport are based on movements on national territory ('territoriality principle'), regardless of the nationality of the vehicle or vessel. - Road transport is based on all movements of vehicles registered in the reporting country. Data on freight transport performance (in tonne-kilometres) are collected according to the legal acts adopted for road, rail and inland waterways transport. The indicator is updated annually.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      This indicator is defined as the ratio between the volume of inland passenger transport measured in passenger-kilometres and GDP (chain-linked volumes, at 2010 exchange rates). It includes transport on national territory by passenger car, bus and coach, and train.
    • Dezember 2020
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2020
      Datensatz auswählen
  • W
    • März 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 März, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Data on Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) is collected on the basis of  Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 July 2012 on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE).The purpose of the collected data is to monitor compliance of countries with the quantitative targets for collection, reuse and recycling, and recovery of WEEE that are set out in Article 7 (collection rate) and article 11 ( recovery targets). Directive 2012/19/EU on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) introduces stepwise higher collection targets that will apply from reference year 2016 and 2019. Further information on the policy need of data on WEEE can be found on the following website of Directorate General Environment: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/weee/index_en.htm
    • Dezember 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 Dezember, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator presents the amount of waste excluding major mineral wastes generated in the EU 28, expressed in kg per inhabitant and year. The indicator allows to monitor waste generation over time for the EU as a whole and to compare the development of waste generation across countries. The indicator covers hazardous and non-hazardous waste from all economic sectors and from households, including waste from waste treatment (secondary waste) but excluding major mineral wastes. The indicator is based on data compiled according to Annex I of the Waste Statistics Regulation (Regulation 2150/2002/EC) and according to aggregates of the material-oriented statistical waste nomenclature EWC-Stat in Annex III of the Waste Statistics Regulation (WStatR). Key policy question: Waste prevention: Are we reducing the generation of waste - Basic data: Eurobase, table Generation of waste (env_wasgen) For more detail see item 13. Relevance
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Waste generated by households (EP-HH) by year and waste category (EWC-Stat 4).
    • Januar 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 26 Januar, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Oktober 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 November, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • August 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 August, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator presents i) the annual total fresh water abstraction in a country as a percentage of its long-term annual average (LTAA) available water from renewable fresh water resources; ii) the annual groundwater abstraction as a percentage of the country’s long-term annual average groundwater available for abstraction; and iii) the annual surface water abstraction as a percentage of the country’s long-term annual average surface water resources available for abstraction. The latter is calculated as the total fresh water resources (external inflow plus precipitation less evapotranspiration) less groundwater available for abstraction. Total fresh water abstraction includes water removed from any fresh water source, either permanently or temporarily. Mine water and drainage water as well as water abstractions from precipitation are included, whereas water used for hydroelectricity generation (in situ use) is excluded. The minimum period taken into account for the calculation of LTAA is 20 years. The warning threshold of 20% for this indicator distinguishes a non-stressed from a water scarce region, with severe scarcity occurring where the WEI exceeds 40%. However the indicator is limited for several reasons: Firstly, the total fresh water abstraction does not distinguish between abstracted water that is redirected after use (and after appropriate treatment) back to the water body or if it is used for irrigation purposes with inevitable evaporation. Secondly, the abstraction and WEI are national data and disregard regional and seasonal changing conditions during the course of the year (water bodies/river basins with different level of water scarcity and hot spots in summer time). Eurostat is in maintaining more differentiated data but coverage is not yet considered sufficient. As soon as the more advanced indicator WEI+ is established, it will replace the WEI. More information can be found in Statistics Explained.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 August, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • November 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 November, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      Water productivity indicates how much economic output is produced per cubic meter of fresh water abstracted (in EUR per m3 or PPS per m3). It serves as a measure of the efficiency of water use. Total fresh water abstraction includes water removed from any fresh water source, either permanently or temporarily. Mine water and drainage water as well as water abstractions from precipitation are included, whereas water used for hydroelectricity generation (in situ use) is excluded. The indicator is limited for several reasons: Firstly, total fresh water abstraction does not distinguish between abstracted water that is redirected after use (and after appropriate treatment) back to the water body or if it is used for irrigation purposes with inevitable evaporation. Secondly, no distinction is made between fresh water abstracted from surface or groundwater. Lastly, water abstraction statistics are national data and disregard regional and seasonal changing conditions during the year (water bodies / river basins with different level of water scarcity and hot spots in summer time). Eurostat is in maintaining more differentiated data (groundwater, surface water, regional breakdown), but coverage is not yet considered sufficient. For the interpretation it should be taken into account that water productivity is strongly influenced by the economic structure and the proportion of water intensive industries. A lower water productivity primarily means that the economic and industrial structure of the country is water use intensive. A less water-consuming economy would show a relatively high water productivity. The change in water productivity is influenced by both ‘real’ productivity improvements and deteriorations, as well as by changes in economic and industry structure. For the calculation of water productivity Eurostat uses the GDP either in the unit of EUR in chain-linked volumes to the reference year 2010 at 2010 exchange rates or in the unit PPS (Purchasing Power Standard). The unit EUR in chain linked volumes allows observing the water productivity trends over time in a single geographic area, whereas the unit PPS allows to compare countries for the same year. Since GDP is measured in million EUR or million PPS and water abstraction in million cubic meters, water productivity is available in both EUR per m3 and PPS per m3. More information on water statistics in Statistics Explained
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • April 2016
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 09 April, 2016
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Juli 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 Juli, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 14 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • Juli 2017
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 Juli, 2017
      Datensatz auswählen
      Supply balance sheets cover cereals, sugar and wine. All other supply balance sheets have been discontinued. The year 2013 is the last year for the supply balance sheets on cereals and sugar. Only the wine supply balance sheets will continue in the future. The supply balance sheets are produced in a summary table form showing uses and resources for each balance sheet commodity for: a defined type of product,a given reference period,a geographically delimited territory. Each balance refers to all uses and all transactions which have occurred on the market between harvesting or production (finished product) and the wholesale stage (just before reaching the retail and consumer market). The general scheme is the following:
    • Mai 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 04 Mai, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain VIT contains data on the structure of vineyards. The data are organised into 4 tables: Table 1: Wine-grower holdings by type of production at national and regional levelTable 2: Wine-grower holdings by size class (and aggregated type of production) at national levelTable 3: Wine-grower by degree of specialisation and size class at national levelTable 4: Main vine varieties by age class at national and regional level The Commission needs accurate information on the production potential of the EU vineyards in order to be able to manage properly the wine sector. For this reason all Member States having more than 500 ha of vines for other purposes than table grape production collect on a regular and continuous basis structural data on vineyards since 1979. From 2015 onwards the data are collected from national/regional vineyard registers, which are administrative registers containing information on wine-growing holdings.   Data are available for national level and for NUTS 1 and 2 levels.
    • Mai 2014
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 November, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
  • Y
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Mai 2013
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 12 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines.   The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators.   Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 27 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • Februar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 05 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Januar 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 10 Januar, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The indicator on young people neither in employment nor in education and training (NEET) provides information on young people aged 15 to 24 who meet the following two conditions: (a) they are not employed (i.e. unemployed or inactive according to the International Labour Organisation definition) and (b) they have not received any education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey. Data are expressed as a percentage of the total population in the same age group and sex, excluding the respondents who have not answered the question 'participation to education and training'. Data come from the European Union Labour Force Survey.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • September 2023
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 15 September, 2023
      Datensatz auswählen
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' also presents one table with quarterly NEET data for the age group 15-24 (lfsi_neet_q). Deviating from the NEET indicator calculation as provided in 3.4, the denominator in this table is the total population of the same age group and sex which explains differences in results. For further information, see the ESMS on "Unemployment - LFS adjusted series".
    • März 2019
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 22 März, 2019
      Datensatz auswählen
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • März 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 01 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2015
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 11 Dezember, 2015
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Mai 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 03 Mai, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • April 2022
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 29 April, 2022
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 28 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The youth unemployment rate is calculated by dividing the number of unemployed persons aged 15 to 24 by the total active population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • März 2024
      Quelle: Eurostat
      Hochgeladen von: Knoema
      Zugriff am: 17 März, 2024
      Datensatz auswählen
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).